Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
R2003-0051 03-24-03
RESOLUTION NO. R2003-51 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE SCHLEIDER DRIVE EXTENSION PROJECT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for construction services associated with the Schleider Drive Extension Project, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to R. Hassel & Company, Inc. in the amount of $167,745.00. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for construction services associated with the Schleider Drive Extension Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 24th dayof March , A.D., 2003. ATTEST: Y)~pNG 1_~~7 T,~vl,~ ~/TY S~ETARY ~,' APPROVED AS TO FORM: DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY TOM REID MAYOR z ~ 8 ~ 8 g o Z Z < > z ~ - ~ o ~ < o m z ~ < ~< M ~ ~ ~ o <~0~ ~ Z Z © o z ~ E z~ 0 ~ <~ =< ~ ~mmZ ~ 0 ~ ~o <z ~ ~Z~ Zm Z m~Z ~0 ~ m~- Oz z ~0~ 5 ~ ~ox~Z~XXOXZ 0 z Z << ~ u~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ u z <~ ~ z~= ~00~ ~ ~ ~0 mm ~< m~ ~ ~ ~ ~ < Z~ 0~ ~< ~ ~0~ m--~ Z~ m~ ~ ~ Z 0-~ ~< ~=z ~ ~< om ~ ~ ~=o~° ~<~ ~=~ ~ ~ o~-mu ou ~ < i ~z~< ~=~o ~ ~u= ~ z~ oz~~ ~ ~<~ ~YY=<~B~<=<~=~<~ ~ ~ ~ < '~'0 z @ ~ z ~ Z~ z ~ ~ g E 0 00~ ~ ~ o ~o ~<<~×<< .... ~.o ~°~ 8~ ~ ~_~= ~ = ~<~ ~< o~ <~ ,v,-o ~= ~ <v~-~ ~ ~o~ ~<~~z Z CHANGE ORDER No. PROJECT Construction of the Storm Drainage & Paving and Appurtenances to Serve Schleider Drive DATE OF ISSUANCE March 7, 2003 EFFECTIVE DATE March 7, 2003 OWNER City of Pearland ENGINEER'S CONTRACT NO. COP PN: B2003-014 CONTRACTOR R. Hassell & Company. Inc. ENGINEER LJA Engineering & Surveyinm Inc. You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents. Description: Delete Miscellaneous Item No. 7, "Excavation and Hauling of Fill Material from Creekside Section 2, (To Be Used ONLY as Directed by the Engin~eer), Complete in place" - 890 CY ~ $20.00 = $17,800.00. Reason for Change Order: Item not being used in this Contract. CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE: Original Contract Price $ 167,745.00 CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES: Original Contract Times Substantial Completion: 45 Ready for Final Payment: 60 days or dates Net Changes from previous Change Orders No.__ to No.__ $ N/A Net Changes from previous Change Orders No.__ & No. N/A Contract Price prior to this Change Order $ 167,745.00 Contract Times prior to this Change Order Substantial Completion: 45 Ready for Final Payment: 60 days or dates Net Decrease of this Change Order $ <17,800.00> Net Increase (decrease) of this Change Order -0- Contract Price with all approved Change Orders $ 149,945.00 Contract Times with all approved Change Orders Substantial Completion: 45 Ready for Final Payment: 60 days or date~ RECOA~/IENDED: APPROVED: By: .~]~-~~By:_ __ // [~ngln¢¢r (Amhor'~zcd Signature) 0 ....(Amhor~cd Sig ......) ~: ~/7 /~: Date: EJCDC No. 1910-8-B (1990 Edition) ACCEPTED: By: Contractor (Authori2.ed Signature) Date: O:kL. AND\I592\I5920101\SCHLEIDER\CHORaN01.DOC Page 1 of 2 LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc. 2929 Briarpark Drive Phone 713.953.5200 Suite 600 Fax 713,953.5026 Houston, Texas 77042-3703 www.ljaengineering.com March 7, 2003 Mr. Alan Mueller City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Diive Pearland, Texas 77581 Re: Recommendation of Award Construction of the Storm Drainage & Paving and Appurtenances To Serve Schleider Drive City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: B2003-014 Dear Mr. Mueller: On March 5, 2003, we received six (6) bids for the referenced project at City Hall. After review of the bids received, we recommend that the contract be awarded to the low bidder, R. Hassell & Company, Inc., with a total bid amount of $167,745.00 and 45/60 calendar days In addition, we recommend that Change Order No. 1 (attached) be executed simultaneously with the Contract to remove Miscellaneous Item No. 7 which had the $20.00 minimum bid price for potential extra excavation and haul from Creekside Section 2. Enclosed for your review is a copy of the bid tabulation. Please call me at (713) 953-5233 if you have any questions regarding the bid. Omar Escobar Senior Project Manager OE/sd Enclosures c: Gene A. Simeon — City of Pearland (w/ enclosure) Ernest Loeb — RH of Texas, Limited Partnership (w/ enclosure) O;\LAND\ 1592 \ 1592010 I \S C H L E I D E R\RE CA W ARD. DOC CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF STORM DRAINAGE AND PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 PREPARED BY: LJA ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING, INC. 2929 BRIARPARK DRIVE, SUITE 600 HOUSTON, TEXAS 77042-3703 (713) 953-5200 PREPARED FOR: CITY OF PEARLAND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT <<}4.0 ..fl vrts - •F- '�a °' >;�5fi Q/Cf.3- ' CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF STORM DRAINAGE AND PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 PREPARED BY: LJA ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING, INC. 2929 BRIARPARK DRIVE, SUITE 600 HOUSTON, TEXAS 77042-3703 (713) 953-5200 PREPARED FOR: CITY OF PEARLAND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT FEBRUARY 2003 ADDENDUM NO. 2 CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE, PAVING, AND APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS March 3, 2003 JOB NO. 1592-0101S (10.4) 'o° aft. g0000000000000v.00.... JOHN T. HORTON 4t o The following changes will be considered part of the Construction Plans, Bid Proposal and Contract Documents: 1.) Reference: Bid Proposal Replace: Pages 1, 4, 8 and 12 of 15 with revised Pages 1, 4, 8 and 12 of 15 (attached). Clarification: Substantial Completion and Final Completion days were revised. Clarification: Storm Facilities Items. Bern No. 5: The quantity of inlets was revised. Clarification: The utility contractor for Creekside Section One shall coordinate construction of waterline across Schleider Drive. Construction plans with approved grades will be made available to the successful Schleider Drive contractor. Clarification: Paving and Appurtenances Items. Item No. 5: Remove lot excavation. Item No. 9: Revised base and subgrade requirements. Clarification: Miscellaneous Items: Item No. 7: Bid item for liquidated damages was deleted. Added Item No. 7 2.) Reference: Agreement Between Owner and Contractor on the Basis of a Stipulated Price. Replace: Pages 1 and 2 of 6 with revised Pages 1 and 2 of 6 (attached). Clarification: Substantial Completion and Final Completion days were revised. Liquidated damages of $500.00 per day shall begin after Final Completion per Article 3.3. 3.) Reference: Special Conditions of Agreement Replace: Page 00800-4 of 00800-5 with revised Page 00800-4 of 00800-5. Clarification: Add item 36. There are no other changes or revisions to the Construction Plans, Bid Proposal and Contract Documents at this time. Page 1 of 1 ADDENDUM NO. 2 o:U.AND\1592\I 5920101S\ADDEN2 SCHEIDER PAV.doc ADDENDUM NO. 1 CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE AND PAVING AND APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS February 26,2003 JOB NO. 1592-0101S (10.4) The following changes will be considered part of the Construction Plans, Bid Proposal and Contract Documents: 1.) Reference: General Conditions Add: Pages 00700-9 through 00700-30 and Pages 00700-Al through 00700-A4 and Pages 00700-B1 through 00700-B7 (attached) There are no other changes or revisions to the Construction Plans, Bid Proposal and Contract Documents at this time. oee• r.eoo.+oo.oe e•000000e•.0000 `1 JA\TIER► WI. CASAS peeeo2cooe oe0000cecaeaoaa000000g+0000 . 85404• ,•e ,69 repeosi s e, ee . c �� l'' \ C• (tirl; / ° Page 1 of 1 3 ADDENDUM NO. 1 O:\L.AND\1592\159201018ADDEN I SCHEIDER PAV.doc CITY OF PEARLAND BIDDING DOCUMENTS CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF STORM DRAINAGE AND PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE COP PN: B2003-014 BID FORMS TABLE OF CONTENTS BIDDING DOCUMENTS No. of Pages Invitation to Bidders 2 Bid Proposal 15 INVITATION TO BIDDERS COP PN: B2003-014 INVITATION TO BIDDERS CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS BID NO.: B2003-014 Sealed bids will be received, in duplicate, referencing the following project in the office of the Purchasing Officer, the City of Pearland, City Hall located at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 until 3:00 p.m., March 5, 2003, at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for the construction of: STORM DRAINAGE AND PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: B2003-014 A mandatory pre -bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland Public Works Department Offices located at 3501 East Orange Street, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 3:30 p.m. on February 26, 2003. The project will entail construction of approximately 650 linear feet of storm, 2,600 square yards of 7" reinforced concrete pavement, and all other drainage and paving appurtenances for Schleider Drive from Orange Road to Plum Road (Key Map 615 - K & L) Infou nation and Bid Documents: Copies of Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans are on file at the following locations for review: City of Pearland, City Hall 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. 3825 Dacoma Houston, TX 77092 Associated Builders & Contractors of Greater Houston 3910 Kirby Suite 320 Houston, TX 77098 Dodge Reports 4101 Greenbriar, Suite 320 Houston, TX 77098 (281) 652-1600 (713) 843-3700 (713) 523-6222 (713) 529-4895 Page 1 of 2 December, 2002 INVITATION TO BIDDERS COP PN B2003-014 Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, TX 77057 Amtek Information Service, Inc. 4001 Sherwood Lane Houston, TX 77092 (713) 334-7100 (713) 956-0100 Bidders may obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents, Technical Specifications and Plans from the office of the Engineer, LJA Engineering and Surveying, Inc., 2929 Briarpark Street, Suite 600, Houston, Texas 77042, (713) 953-5200 upon request and payment in the amount of seventy-five dollars ($75.00) per set. The amount of the deposit will NOT be refunded. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Bonds: Bidder's Bond in the form of Bid Bond, Cashier s Check or Certified Check payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. The successful bidders must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by law (Article 5160, Vernon's Texas Civil Statutes, as amended) upon an acceptable form in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of "Treasury Department Circular No. 570", payable to the City of Pearland, Texas. Equal Opportunity in Employment: All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all bids, or to accept any bid deemed advantageous to the City of Pearland. Gordon Island Purchasing Officer Date Page 2 of 2 December, 2002 BID PROPOSAL Date: I ' A 2.UH 0 4,- .003 A. Hassell & Co., Inc. Bid of . An individual proprietorship/a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas/a partnership consisting of , for the construction of: CONSTRUCTION OF STORM DRAINAGE & PAVING APPUR'LENAiNCES TO SERVE SCULEIDER DRIVE City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: B2003-014 (Submit in Duplicate) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 Pursuant to the published invitation to Bid, the undersigned bidder hereby proposed to do all the work and furnish all necessary supenntendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work included under the General Contract for the construction of the Storm Drainage & Paving Appurtenances to Serve Schleider Drive as shown on the plans with all related appurtenances, complete, tested and operational, in accordance with the plans, and specifications prepared by the Engineer, LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc , Houston, Texas under the City of Pearland's inspection for the unit prices set forth on the attached bid sheet which bears our signature for identification. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the work, the unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the work so changed. The bidder binds himself upon acceptance of his proposal to execute a contract and furnish performance bond and payment bond each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price according to the specified forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated. The undersigned bidder agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date of a wntten notice to commence work. It is understood that the work is to be substantially complete within forty-five (43) calendar days and completed and ready for final payment within sixty (60) calendar days. Time for completion shall begin on the date established by the notice to continence work. Page lof15 ADDriNDUM NO. 2 O:\LAND\ 1592\ 1592010 i\schleid& $CHLE1DER_BP.doc QT /hn I'lH?J I I n.-) Hr-1 Fl TCFGF>= T/ TT :SA E0OZ/t'0/E0 BID PROPOSAL Date: 03 —Oft — 03 Bid of R. Hassell & Co., Inc, (Legal Name of Bidder — Company) an individual proprietorship a corporation organized and existing under the laws of T E X (-S a partnership consisting of [ ] a joint venture [ FOR: other CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE & PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 Page 2of15 O:\ AND\1592\15920101\Schjcider\SCHLEIDER BP.doc PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE & PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE IN CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 Gentlemen. Pursuant to the foregoing Invitations and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the work for the unit prices bid to furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machine equipment, tools, materials, insurance and miscellaneous items, to complete all work according to the bids, as provided in the construction plan and contract documents for the construction of the Storm Drainage and Paving Appurtenances to Serve Schleider Drive in City of Pearland, Texas and clean up the site to the satisfaction of the Owner/Engineer, and bind himself on acceptance of this proposal to execute a contract and bonds for completing said project within the time stated for the following prices, to wit DRAINAGE FACILITIES ITEM QTY. UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL NO. WRITTEN UNIT PRICE UNIT PRICE AMOUNT I LS Mobilization of materials, equipment and labor, Complete in place for Tr. NS t-I U 1-.)ORE-0 dollars and cents $ per unit 1900 $ V 2 0 0 2. 76 LF 18" RCP, Stow" Sewer, ASTM C-76, Class III, All Cuts, To Include Bedding, Complete in place for 1 1+=R-ry F =v }Z dollars and �0 cents S per unit as $ 2,66G- 3. 652 LF 24' RCP, Storm Sewer, ASTM C-76, Class III, All Cuts, To include Bedding, Complete in place for 1-'1+ro-ry t3-rc-t+-r and per unit dollars cents $ $ 24 776u. 3 EA Type "C" Manhole for 42" Storm Sewer and Smaller, All Depths, Complete in place for 5EvDr2-4W dollars and per unit cents Page 3 of 15 0:\LAND\1592\15920101\SchleideriSCHLEIDER J3P.doe PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE & PAVING A YPTTRTENAINCES TO SERVE SCRLEIDER DRIVE CITY.OF PEARLAND, 1EXAS COP PN: B20034I4 DRAINAGE FACILITIES ITEMS ITEM QTY. NO, UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL WRITTEN UNIT PRICE TINIT PRICE AMOUNT 5. 4 EA Stage I — Standard Type "C" Precast Inlet, All Depths, Includes Temporary Silt Barrier Fence for Stage I Inlets, Complete in place for T'kiet-u N iN1)124:7U and per unit dollars cents $ t.,2oct cits 4 EA Stage II — Standard Type "C" Precast Inlets, Complete in place for and per unit N° dollars ttl cents $ C15 0 $ 3 . c CO 7. 1 EA Type "E" Inlet, Four Sides Open, Complete in place for lz t 4fl bri t4O NDRt O and Nr> per unit dollars cents 8. 0.8 AC Clearing, Grubbing and Stripping (Including Disposal of Objectionable Materials), (To Be Used Only as Directed by Engineer), Complete in place for 5 i^ u Ni 1t-t-4-`3 NiP1112.12 dollars and per unit cents s t1cow $ 1,00 • $ 1,36© nT /rn -Int-4 I Page 4 of 15 n 1 n4J\ 1 1 1. Inn H fl1 ADDENDUM NO. 2 o:\LAND\159T15920101\Sc.'daida\SCNL£ID£R aP,dcc C/TCCCCrT/ TT'CM CnP47/hR/FGl PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE & PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 DRAINAGE FACILITIES ITEMS ITEM QTY. UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL UNIT NO. WRITTEN UNIT PRICE PRICE AMOUNT 9. 1 LS Outfall Structure per plans (Exhibit 3-17 on Sheet 5), Complete in place for Ern" V i-s4zlt t 4\-1Niorz470 dollars and cents s -&73C0� per unit 10. 1 LS Fill, Compact and Regrade Existing Swales north of Orange Road as shown on sheet no. 11, Complete in place for I1. FLE el-SEva Eft) (\JOR-1-id) and per unit dollars cents 1 LS Remove and Dispose of Existing 18" RCP, Wooden Outfall Structure and Miscellaneous Items Complete in place for CN irel%-J ttti ivtx°-Z-0 dollars and t1/41 -) cents per unit 12. 485 LF Filter Fabric Fence (Silt Barrier Fencing) (To Be Used ONLY as Directed by Engineer), Complete in place for © nt and per unit dollars $ t,`Toe $ t,°lo0�" cents $ Page 5 of 15 O:\LAND\1592\15920101\Schleider\SCHLEIDER BP.doc PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE & PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 DRAINAGE FACILITIES ITEMS ITEM QTY. NO. UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL WRITTEN UNIT PRICE UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 13. 30 LF Reinforced Filter Fabric Fence Barrier (Silt Barrier Fencing) (To be Used ONLY as Directed by Engineer), Complete in place for and P0 per unit dollars cents 14. 1 EA Place 8" Brick Plug in Existing Storm Sewer (All Sizes), Complete in place for FevR t1 Oft D dollars and cents $ $ 3 a, $ per unit 15. 728 LF Trench Safety Systems, All Depths, Complete in place for O tJ dollars and ' cents $ l ^ $ 7 2 per unit SUBTOTAL DRAINAGE FACILITIES ITEMS $ 56,39 1r Page 6 of 15 0:1L.AN D\ 1592\ 15920101 \Schle ides- \S CHLE I D E R_B P.doc PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE AND PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAiiND, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 PAVING AND APPURTENANCES ITEM QTY. UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL UNIT NO. WRITTEN UNIT PRICE PRICE AMOUNT 1 2,596 SY 7" Reinforced Concrete Pavement with 6" Concrete Curb and Pavement Headers, Complete in place for T% i= NTY dollars and I` Cs cents $ 2 $ .s !�G at✓ per unit 2. 2,729 SY 8" Lime Stabilized Sub -grade (Manipulation), Complete in place for and Na per unit dollars cents $ 72 TON Hydrated Lime for Stabilized Sub -Grade, (8% Lime by Weight) as Required by Soil Conditions and Approved by Engineer, Complete in place for dollars and Nei cents $ if 00w $ 7, 2O©� per unit 4. 890 CY Placing, Compacting and Grading for Roadway (From Existing On -Site Stockpiled Material), Complete in place for dollars and cents $ 2 $ per unit Page 7 of 15 \Ujahfs02\archivc\LAND\ 1592\ 1592010I\Schleider\SCHLEIDER_BP.doc PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET - CONTINUED CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE AND PAVING APPURTENAiNCES TO SERVE SCELEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 PAVING AND APPUR'.1'ENANCES ITEM QTY. UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL UNIT NO, WRITTEN UNIT PRICE PRICE 5. 554 CY Roadway Excavation, Complete in place for and Nc per Unit 6. 1,196 T.' Block Sodding, 24" Strip, Complete in place for and S E.\1\7r%TY per unit dollars cents dollars cents S AMOUNT 7. 3 EA Sidewalk Wheelchair Ramps at Curb Returns, Complete in place for dollars and t's" cents � g 1> ge0� per t\rtit 8. 11200 LF 6' Wide Concrete Sidewalk, Complete in Place for dollars and ants 16 f $ i 9, zoo's per unit 9. 58 SY 2" Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete with 8" Crushed Limestone Base, and 8" Lime Stabilized Sub- base (Minimum 8% Lune by Weight), Complete in Place for Tt+LI2-T \/ and per unit dollars - cents 3O`-I $ t,11 40 w Page 8of15 qT/qn qfH.-I CI oNIKInn or' -I ADDENDUM NO. 2 °:\(.AND\ 1593\ 15920101 ‘3 chhidbr\SCHLE7 DER,BP, doe '= / TgPQRPTI TT :RA PSW/be/6e P ROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET - CONTINUED CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE AND PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE S CHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 P AVING AND APPURTENANCES ITEM QTY. NO. UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL WRITTEN UNIT PRICE UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 10. 2 11. EA Permanent Traffic Control Signs, Including Stop Signs, with Street Names, Directional Signs, with Supplements Etc. Complete in place for T't+f C lku o ( D 1 LS and per unit dollars cents Permanent Traffic Control Devices (Including Traffic Buttons, and Pavement Stripping), Complete in Place for FryE: H.JNOR L) dollars � and No cents $ .� $ 5� per unit 12. 0.3 AC 13. EA Hydromulch Seeding and Fine Grading of Swale and Right-of-way, Complete in Place for 0NDE `iz+cf.)sa1-40 dollars andNro cents $ I,V00 $ a Imo' per unit Remove and Dispose of Existing Type III Barricades, Complete in Place for © fJ e_ W I,10R-n dollars to and cents per unit $ 600' Page 9 of 15 0:\LAND\1592\1592010I\Schlcidcr\SCHLEIDER BP.doc PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET e CONTINUED CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE AND PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 PAVING AND APPURTENANCES ITEM QTY. NO. UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL WRITTEN UNIT PRICE UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 14. 4 15. EA Burlap Bags to be placed as Inlet Protection per' Inlet Barrier, (Stage II) Per Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, Complete in place for 1 LS FOQ tit and 1-`'s 1L/'r'/ F.fda per unit Curb cut at Ditch as shown on plans, Complete in place for IW0 ►iONOPS dollars cents and dollars $ zLI^ $ Ct79 No cents $ 2-00" $ ZOO per unit SUBTOTAL PAVING AND APPURTENANCES $ Page 10 of 15 \Ujahrs02Wchive \LAN D\ 1592\ 1592010 i \Schleidcr\SCH LEIDER_BP.doc PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE & PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS ITEM QTY. UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL UNIT NO. WRITTEN UNIT PRICE PRICE AMOUNT 25 LF Wet Sand Construction for 36 and Smaller Storm Sewer (To Be Used ONLY as Directed by Engineer) Complete in place for dollars and r 3O cents $ $ 7 SO per unit 1 EA Extra Traffic Control, (To Be Used ONLY When Authorized by Owner), Complete in place for j� Evg 1IvNoa-nD and tio per unit dollars cents $ 5OO° $ � 25 LF Additional Cost for Storm Sewer Bedding & Backfill for Unsatisfactory Soil Conditions (To Be Used ONLY at the Written Direction of the Engineer), Complete in place for Tuo ice ; `/ r a v+L and per unit dollars cents $ Page 11 of 15 \\ jahh02\archive\LAND\ 1592\ 159/0101 \Schlcider\SCHLEI DER_BP.doc PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE & PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS COP PN: 132003-014 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS I1 EM QTY. UNIT I I ENT DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL NO. WRITTEN UNIT PRICE 4. 25 LF Dewatcring for Groundwater, (To Be Used ONLY at the Written Direction of the Engineer), Complete in place for -�w 1Lr-) wry dollars and i`''' cents $ (20k9 $ sooc UNIT PRICE AMOUNT per unit S20.00* • 5. 6. 25 CY Extra Crushed Limestone, (To Be Used ONLY at the Written Direction of the Engineer), Complete in place for Tw rdl-Y and N"s per unit dollars w cents $ 2-0 $20.00* 25 CY Extra Cement Stabilized Sand To Be Used ONLY at the Written Direction of the Engineer), All Depths Complete in place for and per unit dollars cents S 2 0 J $20.00* s S 06 890 CY Excavation and Handing of Fill Material from Creekside Section 2, (To Be Used ONLY as Directed by Engineer), Complete In place for EN'ri/ dollars and per unit No *Denotes Minimum Unit Price Bid for Each Item. SUBTOTAL MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS cents $ 9-0 g 17+9300° $20.00* n r / J n Tnt-1 1 Page 12 of 15 r I r1N\ 1 1 L Inrl H f'-I ADDENDUM NO. 2 O:'t_3.ND 1191\I3920101'Sch{cit rkSCiiLSIDER BP,dec CA'TCCCCCTI TT!CP PW27/bR/PGi PROPOSAL BIDDING SUMMATION SHEET CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE AND PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 SUBTOTAL DRAINAGE FACILITIES: SUBTOTAL PAVING AND APPURTENANCES: SUBTOTAL MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS: TOTAL AMOUNT BID Page 13 of 15 O:\LAN D\ 1592\ I592010I\Schleider\SCHLEIDER_B P.doc ADDENDUM NO. 3 ADDENDUM NO. 4 CONSTRUCTION OF THE STORM DRAINAGE AND PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS COP PN: B2003-014 ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM F EbRJ y. 2,L1n33 Date MAP -CH • 0', 1°0,3 Signature Date Signature Date Signature Date Page 14 of 15 O:\LAND\1592\15920101\Schlcider1SCHLEIDER BP.doc It is agreed that the contract price may be increased or decreased to cover work added or deleted by order of the Engineer, in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of Agreement. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for sixty (60) days following date of bid opening. It is understood that in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into the Contract within fifteen (15) days of the Notice of Award and fails to furnish a Perfoilnance Bond and Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract for all parts of the work, the successful bidder will forfeit the Bid security as provided in the Specifications submitted with his bid proposal. The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bid documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid price. Addendum No. 1 Dated: Liao; Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. 2 Dated: 310 3103 Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Firm Name. R. Hassell & Co., Inc. Contact Ritch-RDo "T-ODE Z Address: p.O . (j01. 690767 Irt-OV STO t3, T)C , 77035 Phone No.: 3?, 2. ut 6 7 -0013 FAXNo.: 532-- ut67-003C ATTEST: Date: Signature: Printed Name. Title: icardo Todeschini Vice President END OF BID FORM (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) Page 15 of 15 \\Ijahrs02\archive \ LAND \ 1592\ I5920101\Schleidcr1SCHLE I DER_BP.doc AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ON THE BASIS OF A STIPULATED PRICE w� ti1� THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of thSE& day of ` in the year 2003 by and between the City of Pearland, Texas (hereinafter called OWNER) and R. Hassell & Company, Inc.(hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: SCHLEIDER DRIVE 546' FROM PLUM ROAD TO ORANGE STREET STA. 0+99.40 TO 6+45.40 B2003-014 Article 2. ENGINEER. The Pioject has been designed by LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc. who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER'S representative assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to the ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME. 3.1. The Work will be substantially completed within 45 calendar days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in the General Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with the General Conditions within 60 calendar days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. Conti act time will commence to run 10 days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed if not otherwise agreed upon. 3.2. Bonus for Early Completion: Upon demonstration of Final Completion, before the • • amount of $500.00 day for day Such per every remaining calendar not used of the contract. • herein shall not be construed as ' substantial co 1 • • ADDENDUM NO. 2 Revised May 2003 been issued by LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc., or their assigns or successors. 3.3. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Final Completion if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified above for completion and readiness for final payment. • the CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER seven hundred fifty Dollars ($750.00) for each calendar day that expires after , for the portion of project between stations 0+90./10 and 6+15.90 not ready for operation. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE. 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR'S Applications for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, on or about the close of business on 25th day of each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no schedule of values as provided in the General Requirements. Pay estimates must be in and approved by the first day of each month. 2 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Revised May 2003 5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. 95% of Work completed. 95% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documents satisfactory to OWNER as provided in the General Conditions). 5.2. Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER. Article 6. OMITTED Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS. In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 7.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and test of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions, and accepts the determination set forth in such reports and drawings upon which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely. 7.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all known reports, studies and drawings which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and no additional examinations, investigation explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 3 Revised May 2003 7.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the result of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the following: 8.1. This Agreement (pages 1 to 6 , inclusive). 8 2 Exhibits to this Agreement (pages 1 to 15 inclusive). (Contractor's Bid Proposal). 8.3. Performance and other Bonds, and Certificate of Insurance. 8.4. Proof of Insurance. 8.5. Notice of Award. 8.6. Specifications and Drawings bearing the title Schleider Drive, B2003-014 as listed and included therein. 8.7. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to the General Conditions. 8.8. The documents listed in paragraphs 8.2 et seq. above are attached to this agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). 4 Revised May 2003 There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Aiticle 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS. 9.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Article 10. OTHER PROVISIONS. None. (SEE NEXT PAGE) 5 Revised May 2003 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in triplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on OWNER City of Pearland, Texas BY City Manager s.0 co,RLANO ",'�. :it' ,, ao L e [CORPORATE4L] Attest Addresr giv4fig notic's 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77588 Telephone 281-652-1600 (If OWNER is a public body, attach evidence of authority to sign and resolution or other documents authorizing execution of Agreement.) 6 , 2003. CONTRACTOR R. Hassell & Company, Inc. BY Rtardb Todeschini Vice President [CORPORATE SEAL] Attest Address for giving notices P.O. Box 690767 Houston, Texas 77005 License No. Telephone No._832-467-0013 Agent for service of process: (If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign.) ADDENDUM NO. 2 Revised May 2003 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS STORM DRAINAGE AND PAVING APPURTENANCES TO SERVE SCHLEIDER DRIVE COP PN: B2003-014 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GENERAL No. of Pages 00700 General Conditions 30 00700-A Attachment No. 1 to General Conditions 4 00700-B Attachment No. 2 to General Conditions 7 SUPPLEMENTARY 00800 Special Conditions 5 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 4 4/00 00700-i CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1 1.02 Contract Documents 1 1.03 Subcontractor 1 1.04 Written Notice 1 1.05 Work 2 1.06 Extra Work 2 1.07 Working Day 2 1.08 Calender Day 2 1.09 Substantially Completed 2 1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 2 1.11 Referenced Standards 3 1.12 Special Conditions 3 2. RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 3 2.01 Adequacy of Design 3 2.02 Right of Entry 3 2.03 Ownership of Drawings 3 2.04 Changes and Alterations 3 2.05 Damages 4 3. RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 4 3.01 Owner -Engineer Relationship 4 3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 4 3.03 Preliminary Approval 5 3.04 Inspection by Engineer 5 3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 6 3.06 Objections 6 3.07 Recommendation of Payment 6 4/00 00700-ii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 4. RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7 4.01 Independent Contractor 7 4.02 Contractor's Understanding 7 4.03 Laws and Ordinances 7 4.04 Assignment and Subletting 8 4.05 Performance and Payment Bonds 8 4.06 Insurance 8 4.07 Certificate of Insurance 10 4.08 Permits and Fees 10 4.09 Texas State Sales Tax 11 4.10 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 11 4.11 Character of Workers 11 4.12 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings 11 4.13 Sanitation 12 4.14 Cleaning and Maintenance 12 4.15 Performance of Work 12 4.16 Right of Owner to Modify Methods and Equipment 12 4.17 Layout of Work 12 4.18 Shop Drawings 12 4.19 Engineer -Contractor Relationship; Observations 13 4.20 Observation and Testing 14 4.21 Defects and Their Remedies 14 4.22 Liability for Proper Performance 15 4.23 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 15 4.24 PROTECTION OF Adjoining Property 16 4.25 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen and Furnishers of Machinery and Supplies 16 4.26 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 17 4.27 Indemnification 17 4.28 Losses From Natural Causes 18 4.29 Guarantee 18 5. PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 18 5.01 Time and Order of Completion 18 5.02 Extension of Time 19 5.03 Hindrances and Delays 19 5.04 Liquidated Damages for Delay 19 4/00 00700-iii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 6. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 20 6.01 Discrepancies and Omissions 20 6.02 Quantities and Measurements 20 6.03 Estimated Quantities 20 6.04 Price of Work 21 6.05 Payments 21 6.06 Partial Payments 21 6.07 Use of Completed Portions 22 6.08 Final Completion and Acceptance 22 6.09 Final Payment 22 6.10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 23 6.11 Correction of Work After Final Payment 23 6.12 Payments Withheld 23 6.13 Delayed Payments 24 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 24 7.01 Change Orders 24 7.02 Minor Changes 24 7.03 Extra Work 25 7.04 Time of Filing Claims 26 8. ABANDONMENT OF CONTRACT 26 8.01 Abandonment by Contractor 26 8.02 Abandonment by Owner 28 9. ARBITRATION 29 9.01 Arbitration 29 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 - WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al ATTACHMENT NO. 2 - AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE B1 4/00 00700-iv CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement. The term ENGINEER means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide engineering services required in connection with the preparation and performance of this Contract. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The contract documents shall consist of all of the documents contained, assembled and bound with these General Conditions of Agreement, including, whether or not labeled as such, Notice to Bidders (Advertisement), General Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Addenda, signed Agreement, Perfou nance and Payment Bonds (if required), Special Bonds (when required) General Conditions of Agreement, Special Conditions of Agreement (if any), Insurance Certificate, Technical Specifications, Plans and all modifications thereof incorporated in any of the documents before the execution of the Agreement, and any other document, whether or not labeled, which shall become a part of the set of documents bound together with the General Conditions of Agreement. The contract documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. Any conflicts between any of the contract documents shall be resolved first by reference to these General Conditions of Agreement, and in the event the General Conditions of Agreement do not address such conflict, then the designated ENGINEER shall resolve any conflict by a written interpretation, copies of which shall be forwarded to all parties to the Contract, and the original shall be attached to and shall become a part of these General Conditions of Agreement and thus a part of the contract documents. 1.03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR for perforniance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor employed by CONTRACTOR for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor. 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the film or to an officer of the corporation for wham it is intended, or if delivered, at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual, firm or corpoi ation. 4/00 00700-1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, hght, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. 1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work" as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be done by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown upon the plans or reasonably implied by the specifications, and which shall, prior to the commencement of such work, be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER. 1.07 WORKING DAY. A "working day" is defined as any day not including Saturdays, Sundays or any legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the CONTRACTOR, will permit construction of the principal units of the work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7.00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m 1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. 1.09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED. The term "substantially completed" as used in this Contract, means that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but shall require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES Whenever the words "directed", "permitted", "designated', `required", `considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly, the words approved" "acceptable' , satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for performance of project requirements. Whenever in the Specifications or drawings accompanying this Agreement, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question 4/00 00700-2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.12 SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this Contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER believes it has employed competent engineers and/or designers. It is, therefore, agreed that the OWNER shall be responsible for the adequacy of the design, sufficiency of the contract documents, the safety of the structure and the practicability of the operations of the completed project, provided that the CONTRACTOR has complied with the requirements of the said contract documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the contract documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be constructed or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or foi the purpose of constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR shall have no cause to complain if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS. All drawings, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets foiniing the part of the signed contract documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the work. All drawings and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the OWNER may see fit, in the line, grade, form, dimensions, 4/00 00700-3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the accompanying Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If the amount of work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, except as hereinafter provided for unit price items under Article 6 of this Contract otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the CONTRACTOR is damaged in the course of the completion of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the OWNER, thereby causing loss to the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER agrees that he will reimburse the CONTRACTOR for such loss. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR or should the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 OWNER -ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the contract documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. The ENGINEER shall advise the OWNER as to the progress of the work and any instructions by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the work, therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNLR's representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the ENGINEER shall review all work included herein and shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of this Contract. 3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECI IiICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with an adequate and reasonable number of copies of all Plans and 4/00 00700-4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of good material, and for performing good work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Plans and Specifications, without alteration, deletion or change. No failure or omission of the ENGINEER to discover, object to or condemn any defective work or material shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perfoini the Contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once tear out, remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such defective work or material; provided, however, that the ENGINEER shall, upon request of the CONTRACTOR, inspect and accept or reject any material furnished, and in the event the material has been once accepted by the ENGINEER, such acceptance shall be binding on the OWNER, unless it can be clearly shown that such material furnished does not meet the specifications for this work. Any questioned work may be ordered taken up or removed for re-examination by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the specifications for said work, all expense of removing, re-examination and replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed work and to determine if such work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional and/or engineering requirements of the contract documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the contract documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the contract documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on -site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other contract document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or 4/00 00700-5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS attempting to perform any of the work. 3.05 DETERNIINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the work or the interpretation of the contract documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the contract documents, or any other dispute, claim or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the contract documents or a written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions arising relative to the execution of the work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract, and the original thereof shall become a part of the contract documents and shall be binding and final as to all parties to the Contract. 3.06 OBJECTIONS. In the event the ENGINEER renders any decision which, in the opinion of either the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR, is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of this Contract, either party may, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such decision, file its written objection to the decision with the ENGINEER; and the ENGINEER shall, upon receipt of such written objection and within twenty (20) days thereafter, review the same and render a written affirmation or modification of the original interpretation, which shall become a part of the contract documents Either party who shall remain aggrieved after the ENGINEER has rendered his affirmation or modification of his previous decision, shall have the right, within a period not to exceed sixty (60) days after the ENGINEER has filed his affirmation or modification of the decision with the District Secretary, to file suit in the District Court, seeking a declaratory judgment or other relief to determine the intent of the contract documents. If any aggrieved party shall fail to file such a petition with the District Court within the time specified, the decision of the ENGINEER shall become final and binding and non -appealable. 3.07 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER s judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed to be a representation by the ENGINEER that any exammation has been made to determine how or for what purpose CONTRACTOR has used the monies paid on account of the contract price. As a condition of final payment, the CONTRACTOR shall execute an Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, in a form as included herein and made a part of these contract documents, being its agreement to accept the amount recommended by the ENGINEER as full payment for the work that has been completed as set out in the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting data. 4/00 00700-6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of perfouning such work, so long as such methods do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, fiun or corporation 4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the confoiination of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meanmg and intent of all of the contract documents and understands the meanings of all parts of such documents or other factors affecting the work, which were not previously understood. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, ordinances and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his employees If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions 4/00 00700-7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS under which the OWNER may enter into contracts shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. 4.04ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract without the written consent of the ENGINEER, and that no part or feature of the work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the work or materials required in the perfounance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 4.05 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS. In the event the contract price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance and Payment Bonds each in the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price, which shall be increased at any time to cover any change orders additives or add-ons, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code If the contract price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required bonds shall be submitted on forms approved by the OWNER for this purpose, guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work and fulfillment of any guarantees required, and further guaranteeing payment to all persons supplying labor and materials or furnishing him any equipment in the execution of the Contract. The Performance Bond shall be kept in force for one year after the date on the Engineer's Certificate of Completion. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such Performance and Payment Bonds are furnished and approved by the OWNER. The performance bond shall be kept in force for one year after the date on the Engineer's Certificate of Completion. Each such bond shall be executed by a corporate surety or corporate sureties duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas The cost of the premium for the Performance and Payment Bonds shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Proposal. 4.06 INSURANCE The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the life of this Contract, and for one additional year, insurance as hereinafter specified. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. No policy shall be written on a "claims made" form The OWNER, the ENGINEER, their agents and employees shall be named as additional insureds on CONTRACTOR'S Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability and excess or Umbrella Liability policies. OWNER may waive the additional insured requirement under the Commercial General Liability policy if an owner's and contractor's Protective Liability policy with general aggregate limits of $2,000 000.00, with $1,000,000.00 per occurrence limit, is provided. The contractual liability coverage in the Commercial General Liability 4/00 00700-8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS policy shall not be excluded. The following insurance coverages will be carried and certified. (1) Worker's Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability Insurance. Attachment No. 1 to these General Conditions contains statutory requirements for Worker's Compensation Insurance. The Employer's Liability Insurance shall have limits as follows: Bodily injury by accident: each accident. Bodily injury by disease: policy limit. Bodily injury by disease: each employee. $500,000 $500,000 $500,000 (2) Commercial General Liability Insurance: (3) Including Contractor's Protective Liability, Broad Form Property Damage, Contractual Liability, Bodily Injury Personal Injury, and Pioducts and Completed Operations (for a period of one year following completion of the Work under this Agreement) Combined single limit of $1,000,000 each occurrence, Subject to general aggregate $2,000,000; Products and Completed Operations, $1,000,000 aggregate Automobile Liability Insurance: Bodily injury per person: Bodily injury per accident: Property damage: $250,000. $500,000. $250,000. Or a policy providing combined single limits of $750,000. (4) OWNER, at its own discretion, may require an umbrella or excess limits liability policy. (5) An coverages shall be endorsed to waive the carrier's right of subrogation against the Owner. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail to provide insurance as herein required, or be subject to claim, demand or litigation growing out of or arising from a claim not contemplated herein, such failure ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00. 00700-9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS on the part of the CONTRACTOR shall not serve to release or in any way discharge or shift the liability of the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER or OWNER BUT THE CONTRACTOR DOES HEREIN AGREE TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING BY REASON OF ANY OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES HEREIN ENUMERATED, OR ANY OTHER CLAIMS OR DEMANDS MADE BY ANY PERSON, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING BY REASON OF THE WORK PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 4.07 CERTIhICATE OF INSURANCE Within ten (10) days after notification of award of Contract, the CONTRACTOR and each: subcontractor shall submit to the OWNER for approval, certificates of insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company, setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured; (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies; (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificates. (5) A statement that the insurance of the type afforded by the policy applies to all of the operations of whatever character, which are undertaken by the insured during the performance of this Contract, provided such operations are required in the performance of the Contract; (6) A provision that the policy may be canceled or materially changed only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the policy, stating when not less than thirty (30) days thereafter cancellation or change of such policy shall be effective, with a copy of such letter of intent to the OWNER 4.08 PERMITS AND FEES Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all construction permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work and which are legally required at the time bids are received. 4.09 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying tax at the time of ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-10 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS purchase. 4.10 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the employee or agent of the CONTRACTOR, and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the work, and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER' s representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 4.11 CHARACTER OF WORKERS The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract to do the work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the ENGINEER's written consent. 4.12 EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT AND BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same, and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such work, until the entire work is completed and accepted. The building of structures for housing workers, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only at such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-11 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER hainiless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4.13 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER handless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings 4.14 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work, he shall remove all such debris and also his tools scaffolding and surplus materials and shall leave the work broom -clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4.15 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is .further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed. 4.16 RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR are found to be inadequate to secure rate of progress required under this Contract the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to improve their efficiency, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order. If at any time the working force of the CONTRACTOR is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the CONTRACTOR shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 4.17 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work and shall accomplish this, work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. 4.18 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-12 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS requirements of Contract and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required contract work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and within the contract time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Plans and Specifications, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability, as set out in the contract documents. 4 19 ENGINEER -CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER s representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, supervisors or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefor. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers supervisors or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying Plans and Specifications, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within six (6) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4.20 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever work is in preparation or progress. The ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-13 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise If any work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any work which is required to be inspected, tested or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests, inspections or approval and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective. Such defective work shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR' S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, tests or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 4.21 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIhS. It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Plans and Specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract. It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 4.22 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Plans and Specifications contained as a part of the contract documents, the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-14 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS with particularity the agreement of the parties as to work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods instant to the performance of the. Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Plans and Specifications by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of work completed or being performed, as measured against the drawings and specifications which are part of the Contract, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Plans and Specifications so that the completed construction work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his work on the project, including, without limitation the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction or any clarification of Plans and Specifications shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Plans and Specifications, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Plans and Specifications, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.23 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Worker's Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Worker's Compensation laws of the State of Texas The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide such machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks and other safety devices. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported to ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-15 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIO The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.24 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT. 4 25 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL .INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE LAWFUL DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to liquidate any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. 4.26 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR ADDENDUM NO 1 4/00 00700-16 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT THAT THE OWNER SHALL DEFEND ALL SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SUCH LOSS WHEN A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS IS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS ON ACCOUNT THEREOF. In addition, if the material or process specified or required by the OWNER is an infringement, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly advises the OWNER of such infringement. 4 27 INDEMNIFICATION. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and all other persons as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, hMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR OR BY ANY UNION TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND. THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS SUITS, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE* (1) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND (2) IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-17 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART BY A PARTY INDEMNIFIhD HEREUNDER. The obligation of the CONTRACTOR under this Agreement shall not extend to the liability of the ENGINEER, his agents or employees, arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, reports, surveys, designs or specifications, or the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the ENGINEER, his agents or employees, provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 4.28 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES All loss or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 4.29 GUARANTEE The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER with a written guarantee on all workmanship and materials provided by him for the project. The written guarantee shall be made out to the OWNER and in a form satisfactory to the OWNER'S legal counsel, guaranteeing all the work under the Contract to be free: from faulty material in .every particular and .free from improper workmanship; and against unusualdamage from proper and usual use; and agreeing to replace or to re - execute without cost to the OWNER such work as may be found to be improper or imperfect, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective work or due to its required replacement or re -execution. This guarantee shall be made to cover a period of one year from the date of acceptance of work under the Contract, as evidenced by the OWNER'S Certificate of Accceptance, of the work. Neither the Certificate of Acceptance, final payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for neglect or faulty material or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one year period of any guarantee clauses will not limit the OWNER S other rights under common law to have defects remedied when discovered after one year. 5. PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract, the Plans and Specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the Proposal; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own force, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the work done under this Contract, so ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-18 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when completion of the work has been delayed by any act or neglect of the OWNER, the ENGINEER, or any employee of either, by other contractors employed by the OWNER, by changes ordered in the work, by strikes, lockouts fires and unusual delays by common carriers, by unavoidable cause or causes beyond the CONTRACTOR'S control or by any cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing, of the cause of such delay; and within ten (10) days after receipt of a wntten request for an extension of time shall from the CONTRACTOR, supported by all requested documentation, the ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the OWNER for consideration, and the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for completing the work, sufficient to compensate for the delay. 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract Agreement, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages resulting from hindi ances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the work embraced in this Contract, except where the work is stopped by order of the OWNER, or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative for the OWNER's convenience, in which event such expense as in the judgement of the ENGINEER is caused by such stoppage of said work shall be paid by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR. 5.04 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY. It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence said work on the date specified and will complete said work within the time specified in the Proposal. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the time for the completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that a breach of this Contract as to completion on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the work or any portion thereof shall remain ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-19 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS uncompleted after the expiration of the time limit set in the Contract or as extended by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as minimum liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Proposal. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the minimum amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain in any event by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the specified time. Should the OWNER suffer damage over and above the minimum amount specified, by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to begin the work when ordered, carry it forward uninterruptedly after beginning or complete it within the specified time in strict accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the OWNER may recover such additional amount. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. 6. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all work described in the Proposal, the Plans and Specifications and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the CONTRACTOR and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by the ENGINEER. If the CONTRACTOR finds any discrepancies or omissions in these Plans, Specifications or contract documents, he should notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in his Proposal to complete the work in accordance with these Plans and Specifications. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. 6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES This Agreement, including the Specifications, Plans and estimate, is intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing the proposals offered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-20 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS may differ somewhat from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for compensation, unless the work shall have actually been authorized, and performed and material supplied. Where payment is based on the unit price method, the CONTRACTOR agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits or otherwise, on account of any differences which may be found between the quantities of work actually done and the material actually furnished under this Contract and the estimated quantities contemplated and contained in the Proposal. 6.04 PRICE OF WORK. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Proposal attached hereto, which is made a part of this Contract, for the material actually used and services actually performed; however, the OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, and for all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, the attached Plans and Specifications and contract documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER 6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with a verifying certificate showing the CONTRACTOR's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against OWNER's premises by reason of any work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of claims against OWNER which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or modification, an application for partial payment being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the total value of the work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all sound materials to be fabricated into the work and stored in accordance with manufacturer s recommendation at the Contractor's fully secured and insured designated area. No payment will be made for materials stored until Owner has accepted the Contractors designated area and proof of insurance for materials stored has been provided. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement and application for partial payment and the progress of the work made by the CONTRACTOR and, if found to be in order shall prepare a certificate for partial payment and shall deliver his certifications for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-21 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS The CONTRACTOR shall then prior to payment by the OWNER, certify and attest to the certification that he is in accord with the certification and agrees to accept the amounts set out therein and the total set out therein for the work and for the prices contained in the certification. If the CONTRACTOR does not agree or desires to protest the ENGINEER's certification, the same shall not be certified by the ENGINEER to the OWNER for payment until such dispute has been resolved, and the CONTRACTOR agrees that any claim by the CONTRACTOR for additional compensation, of any nature whatsoever, not contained in the ENGINEER's certification shall be waived, and further contracts and agrees, upon acceptance of the CONTRACTOR's payment, that this shall constitute full and final payment for work perfouned by the CONTRACTOR contained in the CONTRACTOR's statement which shall be attached to the ENGINEER's certification. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the ENGINEER's recommendation for payment, the total amount of the ENGINEER s Certificate of Partial Payment, less ten percent (10%) of the amount thereof, up to and including the first Four Hundred Thousand ($400,000 00) dollars and five percent (5%) on the amount thereafter. Such retainage shall be retained until final payment , and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the teinis of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on thepart of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonableand equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at.the.OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract, subject only to the conditions set forth under "6.09 FINAL PAYMENT." The Owner at its option and in compliance with state law may reduce retainage to less than the above - stated percentages 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS. The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the contract documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the work, the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Contract is 'substantially completed". When so notifying the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER, in writing, a detailed list of unfinished work. The ENGINEER will review the CONTRACTOR's list of unfinished work and will add thereto such items as the CONTRACTOR failed to include. The substantial completion of the ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-22 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS structure or facility shall not excuse the CONTRACTOR from performing all of the work undertaken, whether of a minor or major nature, and thereby completing the structure or facility in accordance with the contract documents. 6.08 FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE Within ten (10) days after the CONTRACTOR has given the ENGINEER written notice that the work has been completed or substantially completed, the ENGINEER and the OWNER shall inspect the work; and within said time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR his Certificate of Completion. Thereupon, it shall be the duty of the OWNER, within ten (10) days, to issue a Certificate of Acceptance of the work to the CONTRACTOR or to advise the CONTRACTOR in writing of the reason for non -acceptance. 6 09 FINAL PAYMENT. Upon the issuance of the CERTIFICATE of Completion and OWNER's Certificate of Acceptance, the ENGINEER shall proceed to make final measurements and prepare a final statement of the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the Agreement and shall present the same to the CONTRACTOR for acceptance. The CONTRACTOR, if he finds such statement to be in order, including all work upon which a claim for payment may be made, shall note his acceptance thereon; and by accepting the same, the CONTRACTOR agrees to release any and all claims of any nature whatsoever against the OWNER or the ENGINEER, growing out of or by reason of the performance of the Contract, the construction of the work, for Extra Work, or for any other reason whatsoever, either growing out of the Contract and the documents attached thereto or otherwise. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall execute a full and final release in a form provided by the OWNER, a copy of which, titled `Attachment No. 2 to General Conditions", is attached to these contract documents and made a part hereof, which shall be presented to the OWNER with the ENGINEER s final statement and any Change Orders or additions or deletions therefrom, duly attested by the CONTRACTOR, requesting payment. The OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, on or after the 30th day and before the 35th day after the date of the Certificate of Completion, the balance due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of the Agreement, provided the CONTRACTOR has duly executed and returned all documents requiring execution or approval as herein provided, or as may be provided by the OWNER, and that he has fully performed his contractual obligations under the terms of this Contract. Neither the Certificate of Acceptance nor the final payment nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required by law or by the contract documents. ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-23 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER s premises all materials deemed unsuitable by the ENGINEER on account of failure to conform to the Contract, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such unsuitable materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable work within a reasonable time after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR s expense. • 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this Contract shall reheve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay foi any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The OWNER or the ENGINEER shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate or withhold partial or full payment to such extent as maybe necessary to protect himself from losson account of: (1) Defective work not remedied; (2) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (3) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments properly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (4) Damage to another contractor; (5) Reasonable doubt that the work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the contract amount; (6) Reasonable indication that the work will not be completed within the contract time. (7) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise. (8) Liquidated damages due to late completion. ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-24 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS When the above grounds are removed or the CONTRACTOR provides a Surety Bond satisfactory to the OWNER, which will protect the OWNER in the amount withheld, payment may be made for the amounts withheld because of them. However, the OWNER shall have the discretion of withholding or making payment in the event any of items (1) through (8) shall be applicable to the work or progress thereof. 6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR of the sum named in any partial or fmal statement, when payment is due, after the same has been recommended for payment by both the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR has met all other conditions stipulated herein or in the contract documents entitling the CONTRACTOR to payment, then the OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, in addition to the sum shown as due by such statement interest thereon at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from date due, as provided under "6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS' and "6.09 FINAL PAYMENT", until fully paid which shall fully liquidate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment; but the right is expressly reserved to the CONTRACTOR, in the event payments be not promptly made as provided under "6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS' , to at any time thereafter treat the Contract as abandoned by the OWNER and to recover compensation as provided under "8. ABANDONMENT OF CONTRACT , unless such payments are withheld in accordance with the provisions of "6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD". 7. EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7.01 CHANGE ORDERS Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in contract price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in contract time which may result from the change. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall refuse to approve a Change Order which has been prepared by the ENGINEER, the ENGINEER may instruct the CONTRACTOR, in writing, to proceed with the work as set forth in the Change Order, and the CONTRACTOR may make a claim against the OWNER for Extra Work involved therein. However, the CONTRACTOR shall only be entitled to payment upon the execution of the final certification and release in a form as provided for herein, and CONTRACTOR shall approve such certification before the OWNER shall be obligated to make payment. 7.02 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the contract documents and not involving an increase in contract price. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes or alteration authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the contract price, the CONTRACTOR shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written Field Order. In such case, the CONTRACTOR, by copy of his communication to the ENGINEER or otherwise in ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-25 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS writing, shall advise the OWNER of his request to the ENGINEER for a written Field Order and that the work involved may result in an increase in the contract price. Any request by the CONTRACTOR for a change in contract price shall be made prior to beginning the work covered by the proposed change. 7.03 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perfouun all Extra Work under the direction of the ENGINEER when presented with a written work order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confiiniation of such Extra Work order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation to the CONTRACTOR for work either added or deleted by a Change Order or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods: Method (A) -- By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) -- By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) -- If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "actual field cost" of the work, plus fifteen percent (15%). In the event said Extra Work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost' is hereby defined to include the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Worker's Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or directed by the OWNER, or by them agreed to. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the ' actual field cost' shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable, and the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written Extra Work Order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the "actual field cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-26 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "actual field cost' as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's camp or field office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost.' No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the ENGINEER. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Woik for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for written order authorizing such Extra Work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment therefor, and the ENGINEER insists upon its performance, the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work after making written request for written. order and shall keep an accurate account of the "actual field cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). The CONTRACTOR shall then have the right to submit his claim directly to the OWNER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the OWNER. If the OWNER shall fail to pay or guarantee to pay said amount claimed within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, the CONTRACTOR shall have the right to file suit in the applicable District Court, for declaratory judgment or other relief, to determine his rights to such claim, and if he shall fail to file suit within sixty (60) days after the date of presentment to the OWNER the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed forfeited and forever barred if the CONTRACTOR shall accept final payment without having firstfiled suit in the District. Court. 7.04 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the CONTRACTOR shall be in writing and filed with the ENGINEER within thirty (30) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions by the CONTRACTOR and render his final decision in writing. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the delivery to the CONTRACTOR of the ENGINEER's final decision. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the delivery to the CONTRACTOR of the ENGINEER s final decision, to appeal the same to the applicable District Court, by filing suit for declaratory judgment or other appropriate relief. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to file suit, and shall accept final payment for all work completed, the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the action by the CONTRACTOR in accepting final payment shall constitute a final bar and satisfaction of all claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 8. ABANDONMENT OF CONTRACT 8.01 ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the contract documents, then and in that case, where Perfonnance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of abandonment, the CONTRACTOR shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under contract for the work, may be held for use on the work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the work; and the CONTRACTOR shall not receive any rental or credit therefor, it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a)The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall receive the difference In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER; or (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may let the contract for completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the surety shall be and remain bound therefor. However, should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-28 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS notified and Certificates of Completion and Acceptance, as hereinabove provided, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement, within fifteen (15) days after the date of such Certificate of Completion. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR as accurate, and upon payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition After mailing or other giving of such notice such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such. property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety to their proper owners. The books on all operations provided herein shall be open to the CONTRACTOR and his surety. 8.02 ABANDONMENT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall fail to comply with the terms of this Contract (a disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute "abandonment") and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been wrought into the work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the prices stated in the attached Proposal where unit prices are used), the value of all partially completed work at a fair and equitable price and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole work to completion and ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-29 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the CONTRACTOR for the CONTRACTOR's approval and upon the CONTRACTOR's approving the same as being true, correct and accurate, and upon payment of said sum, the CONTRACTOR shall release the OWNER of any and all liability growing out of or by reason of said Contract, and then the same shall be presented to the OWNER, who shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after the date of notification by the CONTRACTOR of the balance shown by said final statement as due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Agreement. 9. ARBITRATION 9.01 Any party to this Contract, upon the written agreement and acquiescence of all other parties, may submit any question or dispute under the terms and provisions of the contract documents, to arbitration under such procedure and agreements as the parties shall make in writing prior to arbitration. The results of arbitration shall be binding and shall constitute an amendment to the contract documents when accepted in writing by the parties to the Contract. ADDENDUM NO. 1 4/00 00700-30 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC- 82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in 406.096) - includes persons or entities performing or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies,motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which: furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401 011 (44) for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the Owner prior to being awarded the contract. iD. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the 4/00 ADDENDUM NO. i 00700-A 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker s compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identify of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at (512) 440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, 4/00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 00700-A2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 401.011 (44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; 2. provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. 3. provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 4. obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: a. a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and b. a new certificate of coverage shown extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 5. retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; 6. notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal dehvery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project, and 7. contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropnate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 4/00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 00700-A3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contractor void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. 4/00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 00700-A4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In order to insure that the rights, obligations and responsibilities of all parties to the original contract document are fully protected, which contract document was signed and executed on the day of , 19 by , referred to therein as CONTRACTOR and hereinafter referred to as CONTRACTOR, and , hereinafter referred to as OWNER, on the day of , 20, and further in consideration for the final payment of all sums due and claimed by the CONTRACTOR against OWNER, the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, jointly by all partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the power and authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation: The Contractor has received I. (number) payments pursuant to (number) of Contractor Payment Estimates, copies of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", presented to OWNER and paid during the progress of the job referred to in the Contract between the parties; and in this regard, the undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that it does not claim nor intend to claim at any future date, any additional sums of money of any nature whatsoever under and by virtue of the payment estimates previously submitted to the ENGINEER for approval, or any other sums of 4/00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 00700-B 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS money of any nature whatsoever for materials furnished and used in the job or for work done, and hereby releases and discharges OWNER from any liabilities of any nature whatsoever, for any claims of any nature made by the CONTRACTOR at some future date, or by its successors or assigns. lI. The undersigned CONTRACTOR further represents to OWNER that the Final Payment Estimate and Change Order, if any, submitted by the CONTRACTOR to OWNER, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by deletions or other modifications by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which is attached hereto and marked Exhibit "B", is true, correct and accurate; and it is further agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of final payment in the amount as set out on the Final Payment Estimate and Change Order, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, release and forever discharge OWNER of and from all manner of debts, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action of any naturewhatsoever under and by virtue of the terms and provisions of the. Contract hereinbefore referred to, and any change or modification thereof, or in any manner growing out of or arising from or by virtue of the work, labor and services performed by the CONTRACTOR. III CONTRACTOR, in addition to the provisions set out in the contract document, agrees to indemnify and hold OWNER harmless from any and all causes of action, claims, demands or suits made by any person or other entity against OWNER, by reason of the work performed by such CONTRACTOR, and agrees to defend or to cause the same to be defended at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense and obligation, whenever such actions may be brought, and further to pay all costs incurred by 4/00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 00700-B2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER in the defense thereof, including administrative costs and attorney's fees, and further to pay any judgments or settlements which may be entered into or agreed to against or for the benefit of OWNER. It is, however, specifically agreed that OWNER shall not enter into any settlement agreements without the acquiescence and agreement of the CONTRACTOR. IV. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities perfoiining services or supplying materials, and that OWNFR shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. V. It is further specifically.. understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractors's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the original Contract of the parties heretofore previously referred to, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER VI. This Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall be considered to be continuing and binding upon the parties hereto and shall not terminate upon receipt and acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of final payment, but shall be deemed continuing so long as any actions, claims or other demands contemplated herein against OWNER, may lawfully be brought under applicable statutes 4/00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 00700-B3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS of limitations, and shall in addition be deemed to be continuing for such additional period of time as shall be necessary to compensate and repay to OWNER, all costs or damages incurred by it by reason of such claims. 4/00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 00700-B4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 20 SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of CONTRACTOR Ricardo Todeschini Print Name: Vice President [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign; if a partnership, each partner must sign; if a corporation, the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of , 20 , by , a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by saidcorporation as contained in the Charter, By -Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR By: President ATTEST: Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) 4/00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 00700-B5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF AFFIDAVIT BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: I(We) am(are) the person(s) who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I(we) have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations asmade therein and I(we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR - Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of , 20 . Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: 4/00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 00700-B6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said• We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation, • pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation, the By -Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation; and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of ,20 Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: 4/00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 00700-B7 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700, where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the Genial Conditions shall remain in effect. 1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a written Change Order. This project will be a calendar day project. Any claim foi an extension in the Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered to Owner and Engineer at the end of the month with the monthly pay estimate. Calendar Day will be defined as every day of the week including holidays and Sundays starting the day following the notice to proceed and continuing until the project's acceptance Work on Saturdays requires advance notice (by noon on the preceding Wednesday) to the City of Pearland, and additional fees will be charged to the Contractor for Pearland Representatives to be present on weekdays after 4:30 p.m. and on Saturdays. Work on holidays must be specially approved by the City of Pearland and additional fees will be charged to the Contractor for Pearland representatives working on these days. These City fees shall be considered incidental to Bid items. Extensions will be granted based only on uimatural occurrences (such as abnormal periods of rainfall tornadoes or hurricanes). Delays for normal rainfall during the months the project is anticipated to be constructed in will not be considered for time extension. No calendar days will be charged after the seventh consecutive day that the entire site conditions are deemed too wet to work by the Engineer. Calendar day charges will resume on the first day the site conditions allow work to progress as determined by the Engineer. 2. Contractor shall be substantially complete with all construction and testing within the contract date for substantial completion as submitted in the Bid Proposal. Contractor shall use multiple crews, if necessary, in order to complete construction within the scheduled time frame. 3. Condition of The Site and The Work - The Contractor is cautioned to carefully examine the site, the plans, the specifications soil boring if available and all other documents relating to the work so as to fully inform themselves of all conditions and matters which may affect the work or the costs of the work If the Contractor finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings, specifications or other documents or should he be in doubt as to the meaning or intent of the material contained therein, he shall notify the Engineer at once and obtain clarification prior to submitting a bid. Execution of the contract shall be conclusive evidence that the Contractor is fully acquainted and satisfied as to the character, quality and quantity of work to be performed and materials to be furnished 4. Cooperation Between Contractors - When two or more Contractors are employed on related or adjacent work or obtain materials from the same material source, or when work must be completed by one Contractor before another can begin, each shall conduct his operations in such a manner as not to cause any unnecessary delay or hindrance to the other Each Contractor shall be responsible to the other for all damage to work, to persons, or to property caused to the other by his operations, and for loss caused the other due to unreasonable or unjustified delays for failure to finish the work or portions thereof, or furnish materials within the time required. 12/02 The Owner and Engineer shall under no circumstances be liable or responsible for guaranteeing or assuring that any claims among Contractors shall be paid; and any representation expressed or implied, that any Contractor to whom a Contract is awarded is responsible or will be able to respond for damages is expressly negated. 00800-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS 5. Traffic - It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide for the safety of workers and the public The Contractor shall also provide foi traffic convenience within public rights -of -way and to adjacent private property. Construction traffic shall stay out of existing neighborhoods, and existing streets shall be kept clean. Traffic control shall comply with all existing traffic regulations and ordinances as may apply 6. Access and Haul Routes - The Engineer shall approve the proposed access roads which shall be used for the movement of personnel and equipment. The initial access roads shall be subject to change by the Engineer, occasioned by the progress of the work or unforeseen conditions The Contractor shall be permitted to propose alternate routes in accordance with permit limitations imposed upon him by state, county, or municipal road or highway departments. No change in haul routes shall be a basis of extra payment. 7. The Contractor shall sign each mylar plan sheet marked "Record Drawings" prior to final payment. 8. All water, telephone, electrical, sanitation facilities, heating and cooling facilities and meters, deposits, permits or fees required for operation of the field office will be at the Contractor's expense. The location of the field office shall be coordinated with the Engineer. 9. A Geotechnical report, if available, may be reviewed at the office of the Engineer. The soils report and log of borings is available for Contractor's information only. The report is not a warranty of subsurface conditions nor is it a part of the Contract Documents Contractor is expected to examine the site and such reports and then decide for themselves the character of the materials to be encountered. OWNER and ENGINEER disclaim any responsibility for the accuracy, true location and extent of the surface and subsurface investigations that have been prepared by others. OWNER and ENGINEER further disclaim responsibility for interpretation of that data by Contractor, r e. projecting soil -bearing values, rock profiles, soil stability and the presence, level and extent of underground water. 10. The Contractor shall provide for adequate drainage of the project during all phases of construction. 11. If any materials are discovered which might be of archeological or historical significance, all construction shall immediately cease and the Contractor shall notify a representative of LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc. The representative shall then consult with a professional archaeologists and the Texas Historical Society to determine the significance of the find. 12. Estimates of Quantities — The quantities listed in the proposal bid schedule will be considered as approximate. Payments will be made to the Contractor only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished as certified by the Engineer in accordance with the Contract, EXCEPT FOR LUMP SUM PAY ITEMS, EXCAVATION AND FILL PAY ITEMS. Payment for excavation and fill will be based on the quantities shown on the Bid Proposal If the Contractor thinks that more or less excavation or fill is required than called for in the bid items, he should adjust the unit prices accordingly. No additional compensations will be allowed for excavating or filling less than the indicated cubic yards of material as long as the project is completed in accordance with the lines and grades shown in the construction drawings. If during the course of this contract, and in the opinion of the Engineer, it becomes necessary to adjust the lines and grades of the drawings, the resulting change in excavation or fill quantities will be calculated by the Engineer and an appropriate change order will be issued reflecting the change in the excavation or fill quantities. 13. Disposal of Rubbish - It shall be the responsibility and expense of the Contractor to legally dispose of all rubbish, brush, fencing trees or other objectionable materials from the site in a manner not harmful to the Owner. 4/00 00800-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS 14. Cleanup - Upon completion and before making apphcation for acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall clean all streets and all ground occupied by him in connection with the work of all rubbish, excess materials, temporary structures, hazardous materials, and equipment. All parts of the work shall be left in a neat and presentable conditions satisfactory to the Owner 15. The Contractor shall provide evidence that he has fulfilled the bond and insurance requirements in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract. 16. All work shall be built in accordance with the City of Pearland and Brazoria Drainage District No. 4 construction details, standards, specifications and product lists. Where a conflict exists between these specifications and the City of Pearland and Brazoria Drainage District No. 4 Specifications the more stringent shall apply. Payment for Bid Items shall be in accordance with Bid Proposal and Technical Specifications. 17. All work is to be acceptable to the City of Pearland, Brazoria Drainage District No. 4 and TCEQ. The Contractor is required to obtain a maintenance bond in the amount of fifty percent of the Contract price to remain in effect for a period of two years payable to the Owner The project s final acceptance by the City of Pearland, Brazoria Drainage District No. 4 and TCEQ is a condition for Owners acceptance of the project. Contractor's Payment and Performance Bonds shall remain in force until one year after the final acceptance of the project by Owner. 18. On this project, Method "B"/Limited Construction Staking will be used as described below: a. Provide horizontal location of centerline P.C.'s, P.T.'s, angle points and street intersections. b. Provide horizontal locations of all applicable utility easements. c. Provide vertical control (benchmarks) at intervals not to exceed 2,000 feet. 19. NPDES PERMIT An NOI is not required for this project. 20. The Contractor fully understands that the Unit Price bid shall include a sufficient allowance for the completion of all work bid upon including but not hmited to all labor, materials, excavation, incidentals, clean-up, disposal of excess excavated material, and all clearing and grubbing, if any. 21. Upon selection of the qualified bidder, five sets of contract documents will be made available to the Contractor for execution. 22. If the Contractor damages any existing facility (including but not limited to Pavement and Utilities), he shall restore the facility to its original conditions prior to completion of his work or, in certain cases provide guarantee that the facility is acceptable. 23. Testing Costs and Procedures: All geotechnical testing shall be paid for by the Owner. Retests shall be paid for by the Contractor. Contractor will not pay for proctor tests 24. The entities who are listed as insureds or additional insureds in insurance policies as stated in Article 4.06 of the General Conditions are RH of Texas Limited Partnership, RPDC, Inc., City of Pearland and LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc 25. Traffic control and all construction activities within city, county and state highway R.O W.'s shall conform to the special provisions and specifications included in the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) city and county 4/00 00800-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS criteria. The cost for this work shall be included in the contract prices bid for sections of which this work is a component. (No Separate Pay ) 26. Prevailing Wage Rate Scale Chapter 2258 of the Texas Government Code provides that any political subdivision of the State of Texas shall determine the general prevailing wage rate received by the classes of workers employed on projects similar to this project and shall specify in the call for bids and in the Contract the applicable minimum wage rate. The statute further provides that the Contractor or subcontractors shall pay as a penalty, to the Owner sixty dollars ($60.00) for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. The Owner is authorized to withhold from the Contractor the amount of this penalty from any payment due under the Contract. The statute likewise requires that the Contractor and subcontractors keep an accurate record of the names and occupations of all persons employed by them in the construction of the Project and to show the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. These records are open to the inspection of the Owner. The minimum wage rates that apply to this Contract are specified in Section 00811 of the General Conditions. Contractor and subcontractors shall review and ascertain such wage rates and pay at least such minimum rates. 27. Burn pits are not allowed on the project site Any unsuitable material for fill shall be hauled off -site and disposed of by the Contractor. Cost for this work shall be considered incidental to the bid item price for sections of which it is a component part. 28. It is anticipated that the Owner will not enter into a separate contract for the site to be cleared, and grubbed in accordance with Section 02200 Site Preparation of the Technical Specifications. Clearing and grubbing shall be paid based on the unit price contained in the Contract Bid Proposal 29. The Contractors shall grade and hydromulch and seed as described in the Contract Bid Proposal. 30. Sequencing of construction work shall be subject to the Owner's approval. 31. All proposed facilities shall be isolated from existing facilities until final acceptance or as directed/permitted by Engineer. 32. Any removal of fencing within project site shall be incidental. 33. No traffic control plan will be provided by the Engineer. Traffic control and regulation shall be the Contractor's responsibility and provided according to the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 34. Cement Stabilized Sand for utilities shall be incidental to the cost of the utility bid items. 35. All bid items shall be measured for payment in the units indicated on the bid proposal. 36. Articles 3.2 and 3.4 of The Agreement Between Owner and Contractor on the Basis of Stipulated Price are deleted from the contract. No bonus for early completion or special liquidated damages shall apply. ADDENDUM NO. 2 4/00 00800-4 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION SECTION 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 5159-a of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the following to be the general prevailing rates ion the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater the 5 feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. 5/99 00811-1 PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR ENGINEE:IiING CONSTRUCTION F OR DISTRICTS LCCATED WITHIN CORPORATE BOUNDARIES OR ETJ OF CITY OF t=_ARLAND AND ERAZORIA COUNTY, AND GALVEST.ON COUNTY • CIassh1catian Wage Rage Asphalt Raker 7184 Asphalt Shoveler Batchina Plant Weigher Carpenter • 7,17 10,35 Concrete Finisher Paving Concrete Finisher Structures 9 48 9 47 Concrete Rubber Electrician 8.03 15,03 Flaager 6.66 Form Builder Structures 9.61 Form Liner Paving & Curb Form Setter Paving 8& Curb Form Setter Structures Laborer Common • 8.52 8.25 8.45 6.66 Laborer Utility Line person 7.64 7.50 Manhole Builder Brick Mechanic Oiler Servicer Painter Structures 8.49 10.94 8.62 8 69 12.00 Pilecriver (_ Pipe Laver 10.63 8.04 Asphalt Distributor 8 66 Asphalt Paving Machine 9 53 Broom or Sweeper Operator 714 Bulldozer 9.91 Concrete Curing Machine (see also Concrete Paving Curing Machine) • • Concrete Finishing Machine (see also Concrete Paving Finishing Machine) 8.80 11.79 Concrete Joint Sealer 10.50 Concrete Paving Float Concrete Pavinc Saw Concrete Paving Spreader Sliotorm Machine Operator Cane. Clamshell, Backhoe Derrick. Maine, Shovel Crusher/Screening Plant Foundation Drill Ceeracor Crawler Mounted Founaation Drill Operator Truck Mounted Front End Loader Milling Machine Ocerator Mixer Motor Grader (Fine Grade) Motor Grader Pavement Markinc Machine Roller Steel Wheel Plant Mix Pavements 9 30 9.37 9 16 920 11.35 11.00 10,90 10.37 9.29 10.43 7 94 10.42 9.84 7,45 8.32 i • Classification Roller Stee►wheel other Piatwne4i or tanp!no Roller Pneumatic Sell Propelled Scraper Tractor Crawler Tyoe Tractor Pneumatic Traveling Mixer Trenching Machine Light .Wage Rate 7,61 7.40 10,12 Trenching Machine Heaw Wacondriil Baring Machine Reinforcing Steel Setter Paving Reinforcing Steel Setter Structures Steel Worker Structural Sign Erector Spreader Box Operator 8,99 7.93 10.00 13.56 10.15 991 10.81 10.18 Work Zone Barricade Sion Installer Truck Driver Single Axle Light 9 53 8.54 7.45 7.45 . 7.61 Truck Driver Single Axle Heaw 1 8.21 Truck Driver Tandem Axle Semi -trailer 7.90 Truck Driver Lowboy Float Welder Air Tool Operator Carpenter Rough Carpenter Helper Rauch 10.07 9 82 7,50 9.87 7.95 Concrete Finisher Helper Paving 7.04 Concrete Finisher Helper (Strs) Electrician Helper Senior 7.16 10.60 Electrician Helper Junior Form Builder Helper (Sirs) Form Setter Helper (Pvg & Curb) Form Setter Heider (Strs) Mechanic Helper 9 34 6.93 6.69 6,83 8.39 Pipefayer Helper • • 6.36 [Bulldozer 150 HP or less Bulldozer over 150 HP Concrete Paving Curing Machine • 8.40 9.00 8.68 Concrete Paving Finishing Machine 9.57 Crane Clam 8ackhee less than 1-1/2 CY Crane Clam Backhce greater than 1-t12 CY • 9.12 10.50 Front End Loader 2.1i2 CY and less 781 Front End Loader Over 2-112 CY Scrapers 17 CY and Tess Scrapers over 17 CY Tractor Crawl Over 150 HP Tractor Pneumatic Over 80 HP Reinforcing Steel Setter Heber I Steelworker Helper (Strs) Transit Mix Welder Hetcer Matale Builder Painter Heber Stuctures Found Dill Operator Helper (both) ( Pum° Crete • • 8.96 7,64 7.80 9.67 9.00 7.03 7.50 7.25 8.00 9,43 8..^. 7,75 7. • • 008/1-3 Claseiilcadcn Roller St! \MNhl Other Wage Pi ate 7.00 6.Q0 7 .03 Sign Erecter r'elcer Instrument Person Rad or Chaincerscn Watch ~rnaineer Oiler 6.5a 6,20. Le /erman Mate Oeckhand Boatmen over 250 HP • • • • • • 9,70 • • 8.00 6.00 8.30 • • CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS The Developer and Contractor hereby acknowledges that these Special Conditions of the Contract are acceptable. City of Pearland Owner t By: /I ./// nottsgii pis® '14/0� Name: 0/ 4 L E/SEA✓.��• .y O 1 0 a' O c� t e1_ c' Y Title: < C/T Attest: • 5 •Q 800000 • 3 Es 9 ^ • w 9 9 b e trr 0 era R. Hassell & Company, Inc. Contractor By: Name: Title: Attest: icardo Todeschini Vice Presiden • ADDENDUM NO. 2 4/00 00800-5 STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 2253 OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (Penalty of this Bond must be 100% of Contract Amount) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That R. Hassell & Co., Inc. the State of CT (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland (hereinafter caned the Principal), as Principal, and Hartford Fire Insurance Company 61BCSCB8088 , a corporation in (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of One Hundred Sixty -Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Forty -Five DOLLARS ($ 167, 745 . 00 whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves,}for the payment and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The and sum. liability of the Surety shall be limited to the above stated WHEREAS, the principal has entered into a certain writ ten contract with the Obligee, dated the day of fig2003 to Storm Drainage, Paving & Appurtenances to ser ve Schleider Drive which contract is hereby referred to and made a art her herein. Peof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at le ngth NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OS UGATIQN IS SUCH, that if the said Principal steal! perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications p faith- fullyshall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and P ications and contract documents, then this obligation effect, 9 PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas shall be determined in accordance with theprovisions article to the same extent as if it were copied at length of said g herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Suret y have signed and sealed this instrument this 1 7 t h day of Match , 2003 • R. Hassell & 1Co • , Inc. • Hartford Fire Insurance Company By Robert M Overbey, Jr. Principal Attorney -in -Fact 61BCSCB8088 STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 2253 OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (Penalty of this Bond must be 100% of Contract Amount) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That R. Hassell & Co., Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and Hartford Fire Insurance Company , a corporation (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of One Hundred Sixty -Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Forty -Five DOLLARS ($ 167,745.00 ) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The liability of the Surety shall be limited to the above stated sum. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered -into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the day of to< 2003 , to Storm Drainage, Paving & Appurtenances to serve Schleider Drive which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this day of Marci 2043 B l7th Hartford F.re Insurance Company 1 N` Robert M Overbey, Jr. Attorney -in -fact THE HARTFORD x POWER OF ATTORNEY Hartford Fire Insurance Company Hartford Casualty Insurance Company Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company HARTFORD PLAZA HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 06115 Twin City Fire Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT the Hartford Fire Insurance Company, Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company and Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut; Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois; Hartford Casualty Insurance Company, Twin City Fire Insurance Company and Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana; and Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Florida; having their home office in Hartford, Connecticut, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint up to the amount of UNLIMITED ROBERT M. OVERBEY, JR., CAROL E. HOCK, MOLLY REAGAN SALAZAR OF HOUSTON, TEXAS their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety(ies) only as delineated above by /1, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. In Witness Whereof, and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies on September 12th 2000, the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Assistant Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed, duly attested by its Assistant Secretary. Further, pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies, the Companies hereby unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney. Paul A. Bergenholtz, Assistant Secretary STATE OFCON R Wilali Cunt OF f1ARTFARD On 25th day of October, 2002, before me personally came Colleen Mastroianni to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that she resides in the County of Hartford, State of Connecticut; that she is the Assistant Vice President of the Companies the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument that she knows the seals of the said corporations that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that she signed her name thereto by like authority Hartford Colleen Mastroianni, Assistant Vice President CERTIFICATE Scott E. Paseka Notary Public My Commission Expires October 3I, 2007 I, the undersigned, Assistant Vice President of the Companies, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is still in full force effective as of March 17 , 2003 . Signed and sealed at the City of Hartford. Yves Cantin, Assistant Vice President POA 2002 „THE IiAitTFORD Inquiries Regarding Claims Hartford Fire Insurance Company Hartford Casualty Insurance Company Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company Twin City Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast Please address inquiries regarding Claims for all surety and fidelity products issued by The Hartford's underwriting companies to the following: Phone Number .• Fax -Claims .• E-mail .• Mailing Address • . 888-266-3488 860-757-5835 or 860-547-8265 claims@lstepsurety.com The Hartford The Hartford Fidelity & Bonding (BOND) Hai tford Plaza 690 Asylum Avenue Hartford CT 06115 Insured's Name R. Hassell & Co., Inc. Insured's Mailing Address P. 0. Box 690767 Houston, TX 77269 Policy Number 61BCSCB8088 IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBLIGEES/POLICYHOLDERS TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002 You are hereby notified that, under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, effective November 26, 2002 we must make terrorism coverage available in your bond/policy. However, the actual coverage provided by your bond/policy for acts of terrorism, as is true for all coverages, is limited by the terms, conditions, exclusions limits, other provisions of your bond/policy, any endorsements to the bond/policy and generally applicable rules of law. Any terrorism coverage provided by this bond/policy is partially reinsured by the United States of America under a formula established by Federal Law Under this formula, the United States will pay 90% of covered terrorism losses exceeding a statutorily -established deductible paid by sureties/insurers until such time as insured losses under the program reach $100 billion. If that occurs, Congress will determine the procedures for, and the source of, any payments for losses in excess of $100 billion The premium charge that has been established for terrorism coverage under this bond/policy is either shown on this form or elsewhere in the bond/policy. If there is no premium shown for terrorism on this form or elsewhere in the bond/policy, there is no premium for the coverage. Terrorism premium: $0 Form B-3333-0 Page 1 of 1 2002, The Hartford Hartford Fire Insurance Company Hartford, Connecticut Financial Statement, June 30, 2002 (Statutory Basis) ASSETS LIABILITIES U.S. Government Bonds Bonds of other Governments State, County, Municipal and Miscellaneous Bonds Stocks Short Term Investments Real Estate Cash Agents' Balances (Under 90 Day Other Invested Assets Miscellaneous Total Admitted Assets STATE OF CONNECTICUT COUNTY OF HARTFORD CITY OF HARTFORD } $ 10,811,826 Reserve for Claims $ 393,296,501 and Claim Expense Reserve for Unearned Premiums 3,507,480,447 Reserve for Taxes, License 5,707,797,720 and Fees 18,417,582 Miscellaneous Liabilities 9,637,804,076 127,193,704 234,250,350 2,282,497,732 230,739,920 1,413,322,855 13,925,808,817 ss. Total Liabilities ... Capital Paid In $ 55,000,000 Surplus 5,568,075,372 Surplus as regards Policyholders... Total Liabilities, Capital and Surplus $ 4,390,632,754 1,431,396,863 66,537,994 2,414,165,834 $ 8,302,733,445 $ 5,623,075,372 $ 13,925,808,817 Donald J. LaValley, Assistant Vice -President, and Patricia A. Murrone, Assistant Secretary of the Hartford Fire Insurance Company, being duly sworn, each deposes and says that the foregoing is a true and correct statement of the said company's financial condition as of June 30, 2002. Sworn to before me September 3, 2002 Jean tt. Wozniak Notary Public My Commission Expires lune 30.2004 A Add jdk, Donald J. LaValley, Assistant Vice -President Pat zt i.4.GCfiL A . I WLAA,Q11Y cia A. Murrone, Assistant Secretary Form FS-III+-6/02 Printed in U.S.A. I4PORD. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANC PRODUCER Elsey & Associates Surety/Insurance Agency, Inc, 8820 Will Clayton Pkwy. Humble TX 77338 Phone:281-540-1555 Sass;281-540-7419 INURED R. Hassell 4 Co. Inc.,, R.Rasse suildets Inc. -R..Hassell Pr sties, Inc. Houst onXTX 77269-0767 1 INSURER INSURER 9: INSURER c: INSuRER D: INSURER E: COVERAGES OP lb J3 DATE IMMTOWYY) 5321 03/17/03 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POUCIES BELOW, INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE A: Mt, Hawley Insurance Company Old American CotyunMutual Royal Insurance Co of America Texas Mutual Insurance Co. Lumbermens Mutual Casualty Co. THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISWED TO THE NSLIREO NAMED ABQW FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INO4CATEC., NOtVITHSTANDING ANY REQLBREMENT, TERM OR COMMON OFAWY CONTRACT OR OTHER DCC.JMEHT W:N RESPECT TO WHTCFf THIS CERTIFICATE VAY rfi ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE FOuC)ES DEsCRIeED HERELU IS SUBJECTTo ALL THE TERM, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDInoNS OF SUCH POLICIEE, AGGREGATE uwt* mown MAY HAVE SEEN REDUCED BY PAID CL4tt.1S. 'NSA. i TYP! Of INEURANCt POLICY NUMBER GENERAL UABIUTY In COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY MAIMS MADE rX OCCUR I : GEWL AGGREGATE Lr 7T APPLIES PER POL:CY ! 1► ACT ( i Lot; A AUTOMOBILE tummy ANY AUTO r"'al ; ALL OWNED AUTOS I X 1 SCHEOULJD AUTOS j X ! HIRED AUTOS I X j NON -OWNED AUTOS GARAGE umuLtrV ANY AUTO MGL0128939 RCA330271 rirOLICYISEETIOnalrffiffiRI DATE (fit /DEWYY) i DATE (WNW Wck ; BACH OCCURRENCE 05/17/02 LIMITS S 04/01/03 I PIREDmocoe itric rel 1,000,000 50,000 A 4XP (Any ans oersonl is 5,000 i PERSONAL a ADV INJUS 1, 000_, 000 t GENERAL AGGREGATE 1 52,000,000 I PRODUCTS.cQMPIOPAGG S 1,000,000 r� 05/17/02 04/01/03 COMBINED SINGLE Liter s 1, ()QQ, 000 sattro BODILY INJURY (Per Atom) BODILY INJURY (PoreccONA) PPOPO?TY DAMAGE (Por accident) AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT s OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: EAACC AGG E S C EXCESS LIABILITY X , OCCUR Lei CLAIMS flzADE DEDUCTIBLE i R % RETENTION s 10, 000 I WORKERS COMPEN$AT?QN AND EMPLOYERS* LIABILITY P2HN018004 05/17/02 EACH OCCURR9NCE S 10,000r 000 04/01/03 Ammer fa $l0, 000, 000 s s TSF0001117080 OFFICERS INCLUDED X TORViasl Ipa- 05/17/02 04/01/03 1 E.LEACHACCIDENT •• St. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE EL DISEASE • POLICY Lyn OTHER E Contractors Equip 3AT663920-00 01/12/03 11/18/03 E Builders Risk ; 3AT663920-00 11/18/02 11/18/03 DEBCRIPTION OF OPERATONSIL.00ATIONSVEHICLASIEXCLUSIONS ABDEO BY ENDORSBMENTWSPECULL PROVISIONS COP PN: 82003-014 Construction of Storm Drainage & Paving Appurtenances Additional Insured (except workers' Comp) and Waiver of Subrogation in favor of The City of Pearland and LA Engineering & Surveying, Inc. Owned Reporting ;1,000,000 s1,000,000 11,000,000 Leased/Rent $7,000,000 CERTIFICATE HOLDER p 1±DOITKINAi, INSURED; INSURER LETTER: Fraltram The City of Pearland a/o tax Engineering 2929 Eriarpark Drive *600 Houston TX 77042-3703 AGGRO 25-S (7E97) CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLWagS BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE 'saws Iti9URER VRLL ENDgAVOR TO MAL 3 0 , DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE Chic iMCATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABLUTYOP AN (ND UPON THiL(NSURER, ITS Aestas DR REPRESSOA AUTMon1EED James +�' Honeycutt ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Section Title No. of Pages 01100 1 01140 4 01200 3 01290 4 01310 3 01350 7 01420 4 01430 2 01440 1 01450 2 01500 10 01505 1 01550 4 01555 4 01560 4 01562 2 01564 8 01566 4 01570 3 01600 3 01630 3 01720 2 01730 3 01760 2 01770 2 Summary of Work Contractor's Use of Premises Measurement and Payment Change Order Procedures Coordination and Meetings Submittals Reference Standards Contractor's Quality Control Inspection Services Testing Laboratory Services Temporary Facilities and Controls Mobilization Stabilized Construction Exit Traffic Control and Regulation Filter Fabric Fence Waste Material Disposal Control of Ground Water and Surface Water Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation Trench Safety System Material and Equipment Product Options and Substitutions Field Surveying Cutting and Patching Project Record Documents Contract Closeout DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK Site Preparation Site Demolition Cement Stabilized Sand Roadway Excavation and Backfill Excavation and Backfill for Utilities Subgrade Concrete Manholes and Accessories Frames Grates, Rings, and Covers Storm Sewers Precast Concrete Inlets, Headwalls, and Wingwalls Cast -In -Place Inlets Headwalls and Wingwalls Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, and Valve Boxes to Grade Base Course for Pavement Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Prime Coat for Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Concrete Pavement 02200 3 02220 6 02252 3 02316 3 02318 22 02335 7 02542 10 02603 2 02630 10 02631 4 02632 3 02633 3 02710 11 02741 7 02742 4 02751 15 4/00 TOC-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK (CONT.) TABLE OF CONTENTS 02761 Preformed Durable Pavement Markings 4 02770 Curb, Curb and Gutter, and Headers 3 02811 Landscape Irrigation 4 02910 Topsoil 2 02921 Hydromulch Seeding 3 02931 Landscape and Tree Planting 16 02980 Pavement Repair and Resurfacing 3 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03600 Structural Grout 4 03700 Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation 11 • • 4/00 TOC-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01100 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Summary of the Work including work by Owner, Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor use of Premises, and Owner occupancy. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of the contract is for the construction of approximately 650 linear feet of storm sewer, 2,600 square yards of 7" reinforced concrete paving and storm drainage and paving appurtenances for the extension of Schleider Drive from Plum Road to Orange Road. 1.03 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Submit preconstruction (and post construction) photographs. 1.04 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights -of -way as specified in Section 1140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed ***END OF SECTION*** 4/00 01100-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1.0 GENERAL Section 1140 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes general use of the site including properties inside and outside of rights -of -way, work affecting road, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants 1.02 RIGHTS -OF -WAY A. B. Confine access and operations and storage areas to rights -of -way provided by Owner as stipulated in Document 00700 - General Conditions; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private properties, in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of rights -of -way. C. Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 1.03 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF RIGHTS -OF -WAY A. Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along rights -of -way will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s). B. Means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of rights -of -way will not be permitted. C. Any damage to properties outside of rights -of -ways shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. 1.04 USE OF SITE A. Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close more than one consecutive intersections at one time. B. Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor. 4/00 01140-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES C. Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D. Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow. E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights -of - ways within the site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of Work. F. Perform daily clean-up of dirt outside the construction zone, and debris, scrap materials and other disposable items. Keep streets, driveways, and sidewalks clean of dirt, debris and scrap materials. Do not leave buildings, roads, streets or other construction areas unclean overnight. 1.05 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS 4 Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours, 72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two company representatives for resident contact, who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption C. Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.06 PUBLIC, TEMPORARY, AND CONSTRUCTION ROADS AND RAMPS A. Construct and maintain temporary detours ramps, and roads to provide for nounal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. B. Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment C. Construct and maintain access roads and parking areas as specified in Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A. 4/00 Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any 01140 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer. B. Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C. Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete. D. Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property. F. Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G. Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section VI of the State of Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 1.08 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Comply with traffic regulation as specified in Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. 1.09 SURFACE RESTORATION A. Restore site to condition existing before construction to satisfaction of Engineer. B. Repair paved area per the requirements of Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. C. Repair turf areas which become damaged, level with bank run sand conforming to Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, or topsoil conforming to Section 02910 - Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer and resod in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding. Do not use spot sodding or sprigging. 4/00 01140-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES PART2 PRODUCTS -NotUsed PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 4/00 01140-4 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1.0 GENERAL Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Procedures for measurement and payment plus conditions for nonconfoimnance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. 1.02 AUTHORITY A. Measurement methods delineated in Specification sections are intended to complement the criteria of this section. In the event of conflict, the requirements of the Specification section shall govern. B. Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Engineer. C. Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A. Quantity and measurement estimates stated in the Agreement are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in the General Conditions. B. If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in the Bid Form, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted, except as otherwise stated in the General Conditions or in executed Change Order. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A. Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. 4/00 01200-1 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT B. Measurement by Volume: 1. Stockpiles Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C. Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D. Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F. Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A. Payment Includes. Full compensation for all required supervision, labor, products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services and incidentals; and erection, application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. B. Total compensation for required Unit Price Work shall be included in Unit Price bid in Bid schedule Claims for payment as Unit Price Work, but not specifically covered in the list of unit prices contained in Bid Schedule, will not be accepted. C. Progress payments will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. D. Final payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A. Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. 4/00 01200-2 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT B. If, in the opinion of Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconfoiniing Work will remain as is but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of Engineer. 2. The nonconfoii iing Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of Engineer, if the modified work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. C. Specification sections may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D. The authority of Engineer to assess the nonconforming work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS Payment will not be made for any of the following: A. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. B. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. C. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. D. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. E. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. F. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 4/00 01200-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: A. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; B. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time; C. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, work change directive, stipulated price change order, unit price change order, time and materials change order; D. Execution of Change Orders; E Correlation of Contractor submittals. 1.02 REFERENCES Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A. Contractor shall maintain detailed records of changes in the Work. Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. B. Contractor shall document each proposal for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the proposal. 4/00 01290-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C. Proposals shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: 1. Quantities of items in the original Bid Schedule with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in the Bid Schedule, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer. 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4. Additional data upon request. D. For changes in the Work performed on a time -and -material basis, the following additional information may be required: 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700 - General Conditions. 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site, the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F. For changes in the work performed on a time -and -materials basis using Contractor -owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No other rate adjustments shall apply. 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percentof the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by 4/00 01290-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES the Engineer of changes will be foi,nalized into Change Orders. All changes will be in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions. B. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by the General Conditions by issuing supplemental instructions. C. Contractor may request clarification of Drawings, Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this section. 1.06 PROPOSALS AND CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS A. The Engineer may issue a Request for Proposal, which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal within 7 days or as specified in the request. B. The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C. Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A stipulated price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 4/00 01290-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Where Unit Prices for the affected items of Work are included in the Bid Schedule, the unit price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of the General Conditions. B. Where unit prices of Work are not pre -determined in the Bid Schedule, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal will specify the unit prices to be used. 1.10 TIME -AND -MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A. Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated for claims in the General Conditions. B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in the General Conditions. C. Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time -and -material basis as specified in paragraph 1.04, Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time. D. Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes, and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for signatures of parties as described in the General Conditions. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B. For Unit Price Contracts, the next monthly estimate of work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C. Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review. 4/00 01290-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES D. Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on -site and record copies of the Drawings, Specifications. or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 4/00 01290-5 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Section includes general coordination including preconstruction conference, site mobilization conference, and progress meetings 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary. 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in the General Conditions and as identified by name at the preconstruction conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals and Work of the various Specifications sections to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B. Coordinate completion and clean up of Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. C. Coordinate access to site for correction of nonconforming Work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy. 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Engineer will schedule a pre -construction conference. B. Attendance Required* Engineer's representatives, Consultants, Contractor, and major Subcontractors. C. Agenda: 1. Distribution of Contract Documents; 4/00 01310-1 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract, and the Consultant; 3. Review of insurance; 4. Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for schedule of values, and construction schedule* 5. Procedures and processing of shop drawings and other submittals, substitutions, pay estimates or applications for payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract closeout; 6. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors; 7. Review of Subcontractors; 8. Appropriate agenda items listed for Site Mobilization Conference, paragraph 1.06 C, when pre -construction conference and site mobilization conference are combined; 9. Procedures for testing; and 10. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A. When required by the Contract Documents, Engineer will schedule a conference at the Project site prior to Contractor occupancy. B. Attendance Required* Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C. Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3. Construction controls provided by Engineer 4. Temporary utilities 5. Survey and layout 6. Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Project meetings shall be held at Project field office or other location as designated by the Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer. B. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Engineer or his representative will make arrangements for meetings, and recording minutes. 4/00 01310-2 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS D. Engineer or his representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings; 2. Review of Work progress schedule submittal, and pay estimates, payroll and compliance submittals; 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions; 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress; 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals; 6. Review of Request for Information and Request for Proposal status; 7. Change order status; 8. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules; 9 Maintenance of progress schedule& 10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules; 11. Planned progress during succeeding work period; 12. Coordination of projected progress; 13. Maintenance of quality and work standards; 14. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination; and 15. Other items relating to Work 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 4/00 01310-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Submittal procedures for: A. Schedule of Values B. Construction Schedules C. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples D. Operations and Maintenance Data E Manufacturer's Certificates F. Construction Photographs G. Project Record Documents H. Design Mixes 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Scheduling and Handling: 1. Schedule submittals well in advance of the need for the material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after submittal is approved. 2. Develop a submittal schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction, resubmission and final review of all submittals. The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a submittal schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer. This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor. 3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Drawings, Specifications and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Drawings and Specifications. 4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in the following paragraphs or in the Specifications. 4/00 01350-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in periodic progress payments until approval has been obtained in the specified manner. B. Transmittal Form and Numbering: 1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Resubmittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix (i.e., 2A for first resubmittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third resubmittal of Submittal 15) Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see paragraph 1 09 Video. C. Contractor's Certification: Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in the Bid Schedule for which the Contractor requests to receive progress payments. B. Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2' x 11" plain bond, white paper. Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C. Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable lump sum amount in the Bid Schedule. D. For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts, mobilization, bonds, and insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. 4/00 013 50-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E For lump sum equipment items where submittal of operations and maintenance data and testing are required, include a separate item for equipment operation and maintenance data submittal valued at 5 percent of the lump sum amount and a separate item for testing and adjusting valued at 5 percent of the lump sum amount. F. Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by Contract Modifications, Change Orders, and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A. Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be, at minimum, a bar chart, either computer generated, or prepared manually and a narrative report. B. During the Pre -construction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal. The foiinat is subject to approval by the Engineer. Review of the submittal will be provided within 7 days of the submittal of the sample. C. Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements: 1. The schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the Engineer. 2. For projects with work at different physical locations, each location should be indicated separately within the schedule. 3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components, these elements should be indicated separately within the schedule. 4. For projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope, these types of work should be indicated separately within the schedule. " 5. For projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Price, the schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased, when they are to be delivered, and when installed 6. For projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be 4/00 01350-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS identified in the Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting work in the area. 7. A tabulation of the estimated monthly billings for the work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first schedule submittal. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require resubmittal of the schedule for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer. Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Section 00700 - General Condition. D. The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Schedule and billing estimate prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E. Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F. The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be. processed for payment. G. The narrative Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule Activities Added to the Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Schedule; any other changes made to the Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings for review asrequired by the Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on each drawing. 3. The drawings shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such b. Arrangement and section views c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts 4/00 01350-4 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS d. Kinds of materials and finishes e. Parts list and descriptions f. Assembly drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package 4. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to drawing sheet and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Contract Drawings. 5. Drawings shall be to scale, and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. B. Product Data: 1. Submit product data for review as required in Specification sections. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project, where required by the Specifications. 4. For products specified only by reference standard,give manufacturers, trade name, model or catalog designation and applicable reference standard. 5. For products proposed as alternates to ' approved" products, as described in Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions provide all information required to demonstrate the proposed products meet the level of quality and performance criteria of the "approved. product". C. Samples: 1. Submit samples for review as required by the Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper. 3. Submit the number of samples specified in Specifications; one of which will be retained by the Engineer. 4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. When specified in Specification sections, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on front page of each document. 4/00 01350-5 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS C. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. When specified in Specification sections, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer. B. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on front page of the certificate. C. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Submit a sufficient number of photographs to document the preconstruction condition of the project site. Photographs should be date and time stamped, show the complete right-of-way width and be labeled to show street name, direction of view, and any pertinent comments. B. Photographs should be placed in a protective plastic cover, assembled in a three- ring binder and labeled "Project Photographs. ' 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760 - Project Record Documents 1.10 VIDEO Transmittal forms for. video tapes shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1, T02, T03, etc. 1.11 DESIGN MIXES • A. When specified in Specifications, submit design mixes for review. B. Contractor's Certification as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C. Mark each design mix to identify proportions, gradations, and additives for each classand type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. 4/00 01350-6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS D. Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 4/00 01350-7 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL Section 01420 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Section includes general quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in the General Conditions. C. Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI AGC AI American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street N.W. Washington, DC 20006 Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 4/00 01420-1 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCE STANDARDS AITC AISC AISI American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ANSI APA API American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWPA American Wood -Preservers Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society P.O. Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 4/00 01420-2 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCE STANDARDS AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 CRSI EJMA FS ICEA IEEE Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604 Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Streets, S.W. Washington, DC 20406 Insulated Cable Engineer Association P.O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P.O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Streets, S W. Washington, DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P. O. Box 986 Katy , TX 77450 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 4/00 01420-3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCE STANDARDS N FPA O SHA P CA P CI SDI SSPC TAC TNRCC TxDOT UL National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 Texas Administrative Code Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission P. O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 Texas Department of Transportation I 1 th and Brazos Austin, TX 78701 2483 Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 Dallas, TX 75234 • END OF SECTION 4/00 01420-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL SECTION 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and reports. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the City. B. Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship. 1.03 REFERENCES Obtain copies of standards and maintain at job site when required by individual Specification sections. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. When specified in individual Specification sections, provide material or product suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate operation, as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Specification sections. 4/00 01430-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL B. At the Engineer's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to Engineer 15 days in advance of required representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Engineer. C. Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. Submit report within 14 days of observation to Engineer for review. 2.0 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 4/00 01430-2 CITY OF PEARLAND INSPECTION SERVICES Section 01440 INSPECTION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Inspection services and references 1.02 INSPECTION A. City Engineer will appoint an Inspector as a representative of the City to perform inspections tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections B. Alternately, City Engineer may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional inspection or construction management services as indicated in Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to City Engineer, Architect/Engineer, and Contractor indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D. Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Inspector; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify City Engineer 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Architect/Engineer and independent firm when noted. F. Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Inspector. 2.0 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 4/00 01440-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Section 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. B. ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 1.03 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Specification sections. B. Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Contractor shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. 1.04 LABORATORY REPORTS The Engineer will receive 1 copy, City Engineer will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of laboratory reports from the testing laboratory. One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at site field office for duration of project. Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and City Engineer. 1.05 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 4/00 01450-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.06 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Notify City Engineer, and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Architect/Engineer if specification section requires the presence of the Architect/Engineer. B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on site. C. Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D. Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested; to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested; and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F. Arrange with laboratory and pay for: 1. Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329, plus other test standards specified in individual Specification sections. • END OF SECTION 4/00 01450-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the project including utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building; safety requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measures, protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash, debris, and excavated material, pest and rodent control, water runoff and erosion control. 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. The facilities and controls specified in this section are considered minimum for the Project. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. B. Comply with applicable requirements specified in other sections of the Specifications. 1. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. 2. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. 3. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. 4. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Obtaining Temporary Service. 1. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 2. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is substantially complete. Included are fuel, power, light, heat, and other utility services 4/00 01500-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work. B. Water: 1. Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 2. For water to be drawn from public fire hydrants, obtain special permit or license and meter from the proper City officials. A deposit based on rates established by latest ordinance will be required. Install backflow preventor on fire hydrant supply. 3. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. C. Electricity and Lighting: 1. Provide electric power service as required for the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor. 2 Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain plant operations during any scheduled shutdown. 3. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10-foot- candles for stairs and shops. D. Temporary Heat and Ventilation: 1. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. 2. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions, maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. E Telephone: Provide emergency telephone service at the Contractor's field office, or by mobile telephone, for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services at the site. F. Sanitary Facilities: 1. To provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the job site, comply with the regulations of State and local departments of health. 2. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the job site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit -type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem; have sewage and waste hauled off -site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. 4/00 01500-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 3. Locate toilets near the Work site and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. 1.04 FIELD OFFICE Provision of a field office is not required unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. If the Contractor chooses to provide one, locate it in a place approved by the Engineer. 1.05 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. B. Storage of materials not susceptible• to weather damage may be on blocks off the ground. C. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. Place materials and equipment to peiuiit easy access for identification, inspection and in\ entory. 1.06 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Submit and follow a safety program in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions, Paragraph 4.23 Include in the safety program documented response to trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety System. B. Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable Federal, State and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety o f all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Project. C. Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in 29 CFR Part 1926 and adopted by Secretary of Labor as occupational safety and health standards under the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act o f 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor e mployees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their e mployees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D. Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer s representative. Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal 4/00 01500-3 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the job site under this Contract and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within 10 days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidences of contamination, immediately take appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated Iiquids to the Work area. F. Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first -aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the specifications and shown on the Drawings are obligations of the Contractor. G. Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.07 FIRST -AID EQUIPMENT A. Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. B. Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the site whenever Work is in progress. 1.08 FIRE PROTECTION A. Fire Protection Standards. 1. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those which may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. 2. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. 3. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building, and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. 4. Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point in the Project area. B. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. 1. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas which are continuously or intermittently hazardous. 4/00 01500-4 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. 3. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.09 SECURITY MEASURES A. Protect all Work materials, equipment, and property from loss, theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property. B. If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing. 1.10 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Drawings at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 1.11 PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY A. Preventive Actions: 1. Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. 2. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. b. Provide suitable storage for materials which are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise. c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently clean up refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Project site safe and orderly. e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. 3. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools, materials or equipment, privately -owned land except on easements provided for construction. 4/00 01500-5 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 4: Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B. Barricades and • Warning Signals: Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights, warning signs, and danger signals; provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work. Conform to Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. C. Tree and Plant Protection. Conform to requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. D. Protection of Existing Structures 1. Underground Structures: a: Underground structures are defined to include, but not be limited to, sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. b. Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Drawings in accordance with the best information available, but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making "Locate" calls. c. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original .condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. e. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Document 00700 - General Conditions. 2. Surface Structures: Surface structures are defined as existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to 4/00 01500-6 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 3. Protection of Underground and Surface Structures: a. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. b. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties, or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract. c. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures, pipelines, or utilities, give a minimum of 5 working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operation reach and uncover the utility. d. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. E. Protection of Installed Products. 1. Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed prior to completion of Work. 2. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 1.12 ROADS AND PARKING A. Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. 4/00 01500-7 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B. Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking. Locate as approved by Engineer. C. Minimize use by construction traffic of existing streets and driveways. D. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipmentunnecessarily in existing parking areas. 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Provide and maintain methods, equipment and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B. Comply with statutes, regulations, and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91-190, Executive Order 11514. C. Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Particularly avoid pollution of "on -site' streams, sewers, wells, or other water sources. D. Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 1.14 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off -site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, or other such substances adjacent to streams, or in sanitary or storm sewers. D. Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. 1. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. 2. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. 4/00 01500-8 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS E. Use equipment during construction that conforms to current Federal, State, and local laws and regulations. 1.15 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A. Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of construction or storage areas. B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the site or on adjoining properties. 1.16 NOISE CONTROL A. Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to the latest OSHA standards and City Ordinances and in no case will noise levels be permitted . which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. B. Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7.30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer. 1.17 DUST CONTROL Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment Apply water or use other methods, subject to approval of the Engineer, which will control the amount of dust generated. 1.18 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A. Provide methods to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the site, or adjoining properties. B. Control fill, grading and ditching to direct water away from excavations, pits, and other construction areas; and to direct drainage to proper runoff courses so as to prevent any erosion, sedimentation or damage. C. Provide, operate, and maintain equipment and facilities of adequate size to control surface water. D. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage to any portion of the site or to adjoining areas and in conformance with environmental requirements. 4/00 01500-9 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS E. Retain existing drainage patterns external to the construction site by constructing temporary earth berms, sedimentation basins, retaining areas, and temporary ground cover as needed to control conditions. F. Plan and execute construction and earth work by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation. 1. Keep to a minimum the area of bare soil exposed at one time. 2. Provide temporary control measures, such as berms, dikes, and drains. G. Construct fills and waste areas by selective placement to eliminate surface silts or clays which will erode. H. Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION- NotUsed END OF SECTION 4/00 01500-10 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the site. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for mobilization is on a lump sum basis. B. Mobilization payments will be included in monthly payment estimates upon written application by Contractor. Authorization for payment of 50 percent of the contract price for mobilization will be made upon receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Schedule of values, if required by Section 01100; 2. Trench safety program; 3. I Construction schedule; 4. Pre -construction Photographs, if required by Section 01100; and 5. Authorization for payment of the remaining 50 percent of the Contract Price for mobilization will be made upon completion of Work amounting to 5 percent of the Contract Price less the mobilization unit price. C. Mobilization payments will be subject to retainage amounts stipulated in the General Conditions. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 4/00 01505-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION SECTION 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for signs signals, control devices, flares, lights and traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B. Requirement for and qualifications of flaggers. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. A traffic control plan responsive to the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Drawings. If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a traffic control plan in conformance with the TMUTCD for approval of the Engineer. B. For both the traffic control plan and flaggers use, submit schedules of values within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed C. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.03 UNIT PRICES A. Traffic Control and Regulation. Measurement is on a lump sum basis for traffic control and regulation, including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the plan shown on the Drawings, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the work and the public. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the schedule of values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B. Flaggers. Measurement is on a lump sum basis for flaggers as required for the Project. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the schedule of values submitted for flaggers. 4/00 01555-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.04 FLAGGERS A. Unless otherwise specified, use only flaggers who are off -duty, regularly employed, uniformed peace officers. B. Flaggers are required at the following locations: 1. Where multi -lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single -lane vehicular traffic. 2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly. 3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic lanes and walks. 4. Where construction equipment may intein,ittently encroach on vehicular traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross -walks. 5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience. 6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic around the work site. C. The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor may deem necessary to protect the work and the public, and does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would otherwise be liable. D. Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES A. Comply with Texas State Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. B. Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PUBLIC ROADS A. Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads. If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer. 4/00 01555-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION B. Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the traffic control plan. C. Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7:00 a.m. to 9 00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Engineer. D. Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. E. Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets: Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations. F. Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, and access by emergency vehicles. G. Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. H. Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non -designated areas. 3.03 FLARES AND LIGHTS Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 3.04 HAUL ROUTES A. Utilize haul routes designated by authorities or shown on the Drawings for construction traffic. B. Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C. Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with public traffic. 3.05 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A. Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. 4/00 01555-3 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION B. Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain e ffective traffic control. 3.06 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A. Whenever necessary, bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic. B. Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, angles, bolts or o ther devices whenever bridge is installed: 1. On an existing bus route; 2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic; 3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or 4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C. Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. D. Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic. E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges o f plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging F. Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-201oading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress. 3.07 REMOVAL A. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. B. Repair damage caused by installation. C. Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. END OF SECTION 4/00 01555-4 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 01560 FILTER FABRIC FENCE 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Installation of erosion and sediment control filter fabric fences used during construction and until final development of the site The purpose of filter fabric fences is to contain pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fences are not for use in channelized flow areas. Filter fabric fences may be reinforced. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot of completed and accepted filter fabric fence between the limits of the beginning and ending of wooden stakes. Filter fabric fence, measured as stated, will be paid for at the unit price bid for Filter Fabric Fence, Complete in Place. B. Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and all incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. C. Filter fabric barrier, if specified, will be measured by the linear foot of completed and accepted filter fabric barrier between the limits of the beginning and ending fence posts. Filter fabric barrier, measured as stated, will be paid for at the unit price bid for Filter Fabric Fence, Complete in Place. D. Payment for filter fabric barrier will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. B. Conform to requirements of Section 01 350 - Submittals. 4/00 01560-1 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A. Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B. Geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction (ASTM D-4632), Mullen burst strength exceeding 200 psi (ASTM D-3786), and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C. Filter fabric material shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D. Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 2.02 FILTER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Drawings. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. B. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C. Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fences as specified in this Section. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the project area stabilization is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials off site. D. Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the project. If a project spoil site is not designated on the Drawings dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. Off - site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the 4/00 01560-2 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE project site should be spread evenly throughout the site, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. E. Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Drawing detail for Filter Fabric Fences. Filter fabric fences shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B. Attach the filter fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches. If filter fabric is factory preassembled with support netting, then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff. C. Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Drawings. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D. Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. E Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. F. Inspect sediment filter barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less. G. Install reinforced filter fabric barriers for erosion and sediment control used during construction and until the final development of the site. Reinforced filter fabric barriers are used to retain sedimentation in channelized flow areas. H. Provide filter fabric barriers in accordance with the Drawing detail for Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier. Filter fabric barrier systems shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. 4/00 01560-3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE I. Trench in the toe of the filter fabric barrier with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Drawings Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. J. Securely fasten the filter fabric material to the woven wire with tie wires. K. Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. L. Inspect the reinforced filter fabric barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the barrier or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION 4/00 01560-4 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL SECTION 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. 1.02 UNIT PRICES No separate payment will be made for waste material disposal under this Section. Include payment in unit price for related sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Obtain and submit disposal permits for proposed disposal sites if required by local ordinances. C. Submit a copy of written permission from property owner, along with description of property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A. Excavated material: When indicated on Drawings, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations shown on Drawings outside the limits of Project. B. Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, bituminous, or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer. C. Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. 4/00 01562-1 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL D. Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Specification Sections. E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer. 3.02 EXCESS MATERIAL A. Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete debris, asphaltic concrete pavement excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the job site and legally disposed of. B Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project when written permission is obtained from property owner. See. Paragraph 1.03 C above. C. Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. D. Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. END OF SECTION 4/00 01562-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER SECTION 01564 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trench and structure excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. B. Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C. Disposing of removed water. 1.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, no separate payment will be made for control of ground water and surface water. Include the cost to control ground water and surface water in price for work requiring such controls. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressurization of water - bearing soil layers. 1. Dewatering includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase stability of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material, prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations. 2. Depressurization includes reduction in piezoinetric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. B Excavation drainage includes keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. 4/00 01564-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER C. Surface drainage includes use of temporary drainage ditches and dikes and installation of temporary culverts and sump pumps with discharge lines as required to protect the Work from any source of surface water. D. Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B. Design a ground water control system, compatible with requirements of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926 and Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems, to produce the following results: 1 Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C. Ground water control systems may include single -stage or multiple -stage well point systems, eductor and ejector -type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D. Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. G. Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control 4/00 01564-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H. Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. I. Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths'as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J. Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall confoiin to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer prior to start of any field work if required by Engineer or Owner. The Plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Submit a plan to include the followings 1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. 3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement location depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. 4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells monitoring installation details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations. 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminated areas. 7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 4/00 01564-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 8. Excavation drainage methods .including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means. 9. Surface water control and drainage installations. 10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. C. Submit the following records upon completed initial installation: 1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. 3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4. Initial flow rates. D. Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations: 1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering and depressurization _Refer to Paragraph 3.02, Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep Wells. 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers, and monitoring wells. E Submit the following records at end of work. Decommissioning (abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other dunng the design phase and left for Contractor's monitoring and use. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B. Comply with Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission regulations and Texas Water Well Drillers Association for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C. Obtain permit from EPA under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565 - NPDES Permit Requirements. D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. 4/00 01564-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER E. Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review of the Engineer through submittals required in Paragraph 1.05, Submittals. B. Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design installation, and operation. C. All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. D. Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the waterbearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan (See Paragraph 1.05 B 1). B. Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a'manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C. Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D. Provide for continuous system operation including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. 4/00 01564-5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER E Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F. Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall. be defined in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control, Plan. G. Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved design strength. H. During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I. Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement -sand grout when pipe is removed from service. Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K. Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A. For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. 4/00. 01564-6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER B. Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C. Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. D. Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained by an existing system such that the criteria of the ground water control plan are satisfied. E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F. Provide additional ground water control installations, or change the methods, in the event that the installations according to the ground water control plan does not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the plan and by the specification. Submit a revised plan according to Paragraph 1.05 B. 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of a layer of crushed stone and filter fabnc, and sump pumping in combination with sufficient wells for ground water control to maintain stable excavation and backfill conditions. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A. Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. Keep system in good operating condition. B. Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C. Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. 4/00 01564-7 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER D. Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer. 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A. Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. B. Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply. with Engineer's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A. Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches, curb walls, pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B. Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. C. This work should conform with requirements in Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. END OF SECTION 4/00 01564-8 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION SECTION 01566 SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description of erosion and sediment control and other control -related practices which shall be utilized during construction activities. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Unless indicated in the Unit Price Schedule as a pay item, no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay items of which this work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by the engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. B Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated nghts-of-way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting, storing, hauling, and disposing of spoil, silt, and waste materials as specified in this or other Specifications and in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations. D. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Drawings and this Specification. E The Contractor shall install, maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control measures and practices as specified in the Drawings and in this or other Specifications. 4/00 01566-1 CITYOFPEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3.02 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS A. When topsoil is specified as a component of another Specification, the Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in this Specification during topsoil placement operations. 1. When placing topsoil, maintain erosion and sediment control systems such as swales, grade stabilization structures, berms, dikes, silt fences, and sediment basins. 2. Maintain grades which have been previously established on areas to receive topsoil. 3. After the areas to receive topsoil have been brought to grade, and immediately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding.of the topsoil to the subsoil. 3.03 DUST CONTROL A. Implement dust control methods to control dust creation and movement on construction sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on -site and off -site damage,to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety_ B. Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following methods: 1. Mulches bound with chemical binders. 2. Temporary vegetative cover. 3. Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface. 4. Irngation by water sprinkling. 5. Barriers using solid board fences, burlap fences, crate walls, bales of hay, or similar materials. C. Implement dust control methods immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing on the project site. 3.04 KEEPING STREETS CLEAN A. Keep streets clean of construction debris and mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment. If necessary to keep the streets clean, install stabilized construction exits at construction, staging, storage, and disposal areas A vehicle/equipment wash area (stabilized with coarse aggregate) may be installed adjacent to the stabilized construction exit, as needed. Release wash water into a drainage swale or inlet protected by erosion and sediment control measures. Construction exit and wash areas are specified in Section 01550 - Stabilized Construction Exit. B. In lieu of or in addition to stabilized construction exits, shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent necessary to keep the street clean Waterhosing or sweeping of debris and mud off of the street into adjacent areas is not allowed. 3.05 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR A. Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment to areas specifically designated for that purpose Locate such areas so that oils, gasoline, grease, solvents and other 4/00 01566-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION potential pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or sto in water conveyance systems. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as well as solid waste. Clean and inspect maintenance areas daily_ B. On a construction site where designated equipment maintenance areas are not feasible, take precautions during each individual repair or maintenance operation to prevent potential pollutants from washing into streams or conveyance systems. Provide temporary waste disposal receptacles. 3.06 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL A. Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the construction site. In plan, designate locations for trash and waste receptacles and establish a collection schedule. Methods for ultimate disposal of waste shall be specified and carved out in accordance with applicable local, state and federal health and safety regulations. Make special provisions for the collection and disposal of liquid wastes and toxic or hazardous materials. B. Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible. Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day Locate trash collection points where they will Ieast likely be affected by concentrated storm water runoff. 3.07 WASHING AREAS A. Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Designate special areas for washing vehicles Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or seepage basin. Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to minimize mud production. 3.08 STORAGE OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND CHEMICALS A. Isolate sites where chemicals, cements, solvents paints, or other potential water pollutants are stored in areas where they will not cause runoff pollution. B. Store toxic chemicals and materials, such as pesticides, paints, and acids in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines. Protect groundwater resources from leaching by placing a plastic mat, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious materials on any areas where toxic liquids are to be opened and stored. • 3.09 DEMOLITION AREAS A. Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant concentrations ofheavy metals or other toxic pollutants shall use dust control techniques to limit transport of airborne pollutants. However water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or toxic pollutants shall be retained on the site and shall not be allowed to run directly into 4/00 01566-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION watercourses or stoini water conveyance systems. Methods of ultimate disposal of these materials shall be carved out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. 3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide the construction sites with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls, and applicable health regulations. 3.11 PESTICIDES A. Use and store pesticides during construction in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines and with local, state, and federal regulations. Avoid overuse of pesticides which could produce contaminated runoff. Take great care to prevent accidental spillage. Never wash pesticide containers in or near flowing streams or storm water conveyance systems. END OF SECTION 4/00 01566-4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM Section 01570 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B. Trench safety system for structural excavations which fall under provisions of State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for trench safety systems used on trench excavations is on a linear foot basis measured along the centerline of the trench, including manholes and other line structures. No separate measurement will be made of shoring systems used by the Contractor for protection unless identified as Special Shoring on the Drawings. Shoring, other than Special shoring, will be included in the trench safety system measurements. B. Measurement for Special Shoring system installations shown on the Drawings and included in the bid schedule for trench excavations, is on a square foot basis. C. No payment will be made for trench safety systems for structural excavations under this section. Include payment for trench safety system in applicable structure installation sections. D. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. A trench is defined as a narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. B. The trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as defined. C. Trench Safety Systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, slide rail systems, sheet piling, cnbbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 1 Protective Systems: A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure. 2. Shoring System A structure that supports the sides of an excavation and which is designed to prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting 4/00 01570-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM adjacent installations or improvements. Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring Requirements for locations identified on the Drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit a safety program specifically for the construction of trench excavation. Design the trench safety program to be in accordance with OSHA 29CFR standards governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Drawings. C. Have construction and shop drawings for trench safety systems sealed as required by OSHA by a licensed Professional Engineer retained and paid by the Contractor. D. Review of the safety program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Engineer nor relieve Contractor of obligations under State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, Federal Occupation Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these specifications by reference include Sections 1926-650 through 1926-652. B. A reproduction of the OSHA standards included in "Subpart P - Excavations" from the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 is available upon request to Contractors bidding on Owner's projects. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this section of the Federal Register. C. Legislation that has been enacted by the Texas Legislature with regard to Trench Safety Systems, is hereby incorporated, by reference into these specifications. Refer to Texas Health and Safety Code Ann., §756.021 (Vemon 1991). D. Reference materials, if developed for a specific project, will be issued with the Bid Documents, including the following- 1. Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety system. 2. Special Shoring Requirements. 1.06 INDEMNIFICATION A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation), judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the 4/00 01570-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. PART2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION • A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA 29CFR. B. Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the Contractor's trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions identified in the program Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Drawings. C. Obtain verification from a competent person, as identified in the Contractor's trench excavation safety program, that trench boxes and otherpremanufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA 29CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard personnel. C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the project. END OF SECTION 4/00 01570-3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL .AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A. Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. 1.02 PRODUCTS A Products: Means material, equipment, or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size, type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the project. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION A. Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C. Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor. 1.01 DELIVERY A. Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the short teiiii site completion schedules and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid delivenes that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. B. Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the site and to accommodate the following: 1. Work of other contractors or the City. 2. Limitations of storage space. 4/00 01600-1 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4. City's use of premises. C. Have products delivered to the site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure- 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.02 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the job site If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the City. B. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the City, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C. Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breakins scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D. Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F. Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G. Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.03 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A. Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Specifications. B. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials, and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. Keep matenals and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors; public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. 4/00 01600-2 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Drawings or approved by the City Engineer. D. Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate. Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written pei nission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. F. Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. G. Store in manufacturers' unopened containers. H. I. Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be neatly, safely, and compactly stacked along the work site in such manner as to cause the least inconvenience and damage to property owners and the general public, and shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. Damage to lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. The total length which matenals may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the City Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 4/00 01600-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS SECTION 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Options for making product or process selections B. Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes, including preapproved, and approved products or processes 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Product: Means materials, equipment, or systems incorporated into the Project. Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re -use. B. Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.03 SELECTION OPTIONS A. Preapproved Products: Construction products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Specifications as 'preapproved. Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable for this Project and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B. Approved Products Construction products or processes of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal." Approval of alternate products or processes not listed in the Specifications may be obtained through provisions for product options and substitutions in Document 00700 - General Conditions,• and by following the submittal procedures specified in Section 01350 - Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to preapproved products. C. Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible, provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make, or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner. 4/00 01630-1 CITY OF FEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY The Contractor's responsibility related to product options and substitutions is defined in the General Conditions. B. Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. C. Pay for laboratory testing, as well as any other review or examination costs, needed to establish the equivalency between products in order to obtain information upon which the Engineer can base a decision. D. If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equal to that named in the Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.05 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A. Alternate products or processes may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination regarding acceptance ofa proposed alternate product is final. B. Alternate products will be accepted if the productis judged by the Engineer to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner. C. The Owner retains the right to accept any product or process deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product or process deemed not beneficial to the Owner. 1.06 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A. Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the approved product specified. B. Submit a written request for a construction product to be considered as an alternate product. C. Submit the product information after the effective date of the Agreement and within the time period allowed for substitution submittals given in the General Conditions. After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because ofconditions beyond the Contractor's control. Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval Include the following information: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance ofproposed substitution with Contract Documents 4/00 01630-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 2. For products: a) Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address b) Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards c) Samples, as applicable d) Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor. 3. For construction methods: a) - Detailed description of proposed method _ b) Drawings illustrating methods 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule 6. Relation to separate contracts, if any 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8. Other information requested by the Engineer. E Approved altemate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 4/00 01630-3 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING SECTION 01720 FIELD SURVEYING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY CONTROL A. Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors Employ a land surveyor acceptable to Engineer. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to Engineer the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. B. Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request. C. Submit information under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals_ 1.03 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. B. Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.04 EXAMINATION A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work. B. Notify Engineer immediately of any discrepancies discovered. 1.05 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Control datum for survey is that established by Owner -provided survey and indicated on Drawings. B. Locate and protect survey control points, including property corners, prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. • C. Notify Engineer 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due to changes in grades or other reasons. D. Report promptly to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point. • E Contractor shall reimburse Owner for cost of reestablishment of permanent reference 4/00 01720-1 CITY OF PEARLAND points disturbed by Contractor's operations. 1.06 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. B FIELD SURVEYING Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. C. Establish and record in survey notes elevations, lines and levels to provide quantities required for measurement and payment and to provide appropriate controls for the Work Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading; fill and topsoil placement, utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. D. Verify periodically layouts by same means. PART2 PRODUCTS - NotUsed PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 4/00 01720-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section 01730 CUTTING AND PATCHING Cutting, patching and fitting of Work to existing facilities, or to accommodate installation or connection of Work with existing facilities, or to uncover work for access, inspection or testing. 1.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Perform activities to avoid interference with facility operations and the Work of others in accordance with the Document 00700 - General Conditions of the Contract. B. Execute cutting and patching, including excavation, backfill and fitting to: 1. Remove and replace defective Work or Work not conforming to the Drawings and Specifications. 2. Take samples of installed Work as required for testing. 3. Remove construction required to provide for specified alteration or addition to existing work. 4. Uncover Work to provide for inspection or reinspection of covered Work by the Engineer or regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 5. Connect any Work that was not accomplished in the proper sequence to completed Work. 6. Remove or relocate existing utilities and pipes which obstruct Work to which connections must be made. 7. Make connections or alterations to existing or new facilities. 8. Provide openings, channels, chases and flues, if any, and do cutting, patching and finishing. C. Restore existing work to a state equal to or better than that prior to cutting and patching. Restore new Work to standards of these Specifications. D. E Support, anchor attach, match, trim and seal materials to the Work of others Unless otherwise specified, furnish and install sleeves, inserts, hangers, required for the execution of the Work. Provide shoring, bracing and support as required to maintain structural integrity and protect adjacent Work from damage during cutting and patching. Before cutting beams or other structural members, anchors, lintels or other supports, request wntten instructions from the Engineer. Follow such instructions, as applicable. 4/00 01730-1 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. CUTTING AND PATCHING Submit written notice to the Engineer requesting consent to proceed prior to cutting which may affect structural integrity or design function, Owner operations, or work of another contractor. B. Include the following in submittal: 1. Identification of project. 2. Description of affected Work. 3. Necessity for cutting. 4 Effect on other work and on structural integrity. 5. Include description of proposed Work: a. Scope of cutting and patching. b. Contractor, subcontractor or trade to execute Work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. Extent of refinishing. e. Schedule of operations. 6. Alternatives to cutting and patching, if any. C. Should conditions of Work or schedule indicate change of materials or methods, submit a written recommendation to the Engineer including: 1. Conditions indicating change. 2. Recommendations for alternative materials or methods. 3. Submittals as required for substitutions. D. Submit written notice to the Engineer designating time Work will be uncovered for observation Do not begin cutting or patching operations until authorized by the Engineer. 1.04 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES A. B. C. Perform construction necessary to complete connections and tie-ins to existing facilities. Keep all existing facilities in continuous operation unless otherwise specifically permitted in these Specifications or approved by the Engineer. Coordinate with the Engineer, interruption of service requiring connection into existing facilities. Bypassing of wastewater or sludge to waterways is not permitted. Provide temporary pumping facilities to handle wastewater if necessary Use temporary bulkheads (e g., inflatable plugs) to minimize disruption. Provide temporary power supply and piping to facilitate construction where necessary Submit a detailed schedule of proposed connections including shut -downs and tie-ins. Include in the submittal the proposed time and date as well as the anticipated duration of the Work. Submit the detailed schedule coordinated with the construction schedule. 1. Provide specific time and date infoiniation to the Engineer 48 hours in advance 4/00 01730-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCHING of proposed Work. D. Procedures and Operations: 1. The Contractor may operate existing pumps, valves and gates required for sequencing procedures only as directed by the Engineer. Do not operate any valve, gate or other item of equipment without permission of the City and the knowledge of the Engineer. 2. Insofar as possible, equipment shall be tested and in operating condition before final tie-ins are made to connect equipment to the existing facility. 3. Carefully coordinate Work and schedules. Provide written notice to the Engineer at least 48 hours before shut -downs or by-passes are required. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed. END OF SECTION 4/00 01730-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Maintain one record copy of documents at the site in accordance with Document 00700 - General Conditions, paragraph 3.02. B Store Record Documents and samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and samples. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer. 1.03 RECORDING A. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. Contract Drawings, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built' conditions, including: 1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2. Elevations ofunderground utilities referenced to bench mark utilized for project. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes made by modifications. 5. Details not on original contract drawings 6. References to related shop drawings and Modifications. C. Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of blue line opaque drawings, provided by Engineer. 4/00 01760-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A_ At contract closeout, deliver Project Record Documents to Engineer. PART2 PRODUCTS - NotUsed PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 4/00 01760-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.02 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with Document 00700 - General Conditions regardingFinal Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B. Provide Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittals. C. Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added_ Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D. The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in other Sections. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.03 FINAL CLEANING A. B C. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. Clean debris from drainage systems. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. D. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the site following the final test of utilities and completion of the work. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operations and maintenance data as noted in Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. 4/00 01770-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT B. Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durabl. plastic cover. C. Submit warranties prior to final Application for Payment_ Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements in Document 00700 - General Conditions, paragraph 9.10, Substantial Completion. 2.0 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 4/00 01770-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION SECTION 02200 SITE PREPARATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Clearing and grubbing. B. Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling. C. Removal of debris and trash D. Removal of obstructions. E. Excavation and fill. F. Disposal of waste materials. G. Disposal of excess materials. H. Salvaging of designated items. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Site preparation will be measured within the limits shown on the plans. B. Side streets and utility easements involving any work in this contract will not be measured separately and are considered incidental to work under this Section. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement. and Payment, for unit price procedures. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Brought -in Structural Fill: l . Sand, gravel, earth or combination, which can be compacted to form stable embankments and fills conforming to select borrow standards: 2. Liquid limit: 45 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 3. Plasticity index: 12 minimum, 20 maximum ASTM D 4318. 4. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, .hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 5. Well broken up, free of clods of hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. B. Brought -in General Fill: LL 65, PI < 40, free of trash, etc. 4/00 02200-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRESERVATION OF STAKING A. Use caution to preserve survey staking, monuments and property corners. B. Employ a Registered Surveyor to reset any missing, disturbed, or damaged monumentation. 3.02 SITE CLEARING A. Protect trees and shrubs designated to remain in accordance with Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B. Protect utilities from damage. C. Topsoil Removal: 1. Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping. 2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches. 3. Strip topsoil to depths .encountered. 4. Perform stripping in a manner to prevent intermingling of topsoil with underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials, including clay lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter weeds, roots, leaves, and debris. 5. Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping at extreme limits of tree drip line to prevent damage to main root system. 6. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. 7. Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind?blown dust. 8. At completion transport topsoil from stockpiles to work site for spreading and final fine grading. D. Clearing and Grubbing: 1. Clear project site of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, except for those designated by Owner to be left standing. 2. Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface. 3. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees. 4. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 4/00 02200-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 5. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth, and thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground. 6. On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove stumps, 2" diameter or larger limbs and roots, to depth of 2 feet below lower elevation of excavation. 7. On areas required for embankment construction, remove 2" diameter limbs, stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface. 8. Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage, except in areas to be immediately excavated. 9. Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment. 10. Complete operations by bulldozing, blading, and grading so that prepared area is free of holes, unplanned ditches, abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours and preserve drainage of area. 3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL A. Undercut and replace material which Engineer designates as unsuitable for subsequent construction. B. Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be suitable material from site excavation or "Brought -in Fill' specified in this section. 3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL A. Depressed site areas shall be filled using material from high areas, insofar as practicable. B. Fill to indicated rough grade elevations under roadways with "Brought?in Structural Fill" material, when fill obtained from high areas is exhausted and "Brought -in General" Fill for open areas not under structures or roadways. C. Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330 - Embankment. 3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL Items designated by the Engineer to be salvaged are to be carefully removed so as to cause no damage to the salvaged items and delivered to Owner's storage yard. 3.06 DISPOSAL Remove and dispose of excess material and debris resulting from work under this Section in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION 4/00 02200-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION SECTION 02220 SITE DEMOLITION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES • A. Demolishing and removing existing pavements, structures, equipment and materials only to the extent as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Removing concrete paving, asphaltic concrete pavement, and base courses. C. Removing concrete curbs, concrete curb and gutters, sidewalks and driveways. D. Removing pipe culverts and sewers. E Removing miscellaneous structures of wood, plastics, metals concrete, masonry, or combination of concrete and masonry, etc. F. Disposing of demolished materials and equipment. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for removing existing pavements and structures under this Section unless included in bid documents. Include payment in unit price for work in appropriate sections. B. Measurement, when included in bid documents will be as follows: 1. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing, and removing asphaltic surfacing, is on a square yard basis measured between lips of gutters. 2. Measurement for removing and disposing of cement stabilized shell base course, with or without asphalt surfacing, is on a square yard basis. 3. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing with curbs, is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. Payment includes removal of all base, asphaltic surfacing, concrete pavement, esplanade curbs, curb and gutters, and paving headers. 4. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete pavement is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. 4/00 02220-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 5. Measurement for removing and disposing of monolithic curb and gutter, removing monolithic concrete curb and removing concrete curb, is on a lineal foot basis measured along the face of the curb. 6. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete sidewalk and driveway is on a square yard basis. 7. Measurement for removing and disposing of miscellaneous concrete and masonry removal is on a cubic yard basis of the structure in place. 8. Measurement for removing and disposing of pipe culverts and sewers is on a lineal foot basis for each diameter of type of pipe removed. 9. Measurement for removing and disposing of unlisted materials shall be on the lump sum basis. C. No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits indicated on Drawings, or in areas removed for Contractor's convenience. D. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for demolition. Describe coordination for shutting off, capping, and removing temporary utilities. Plan operations to minimize,temporary disruption of utilities to existing facilities or adjacent property. C. Submit proposed demolition and removal schedule for approval. Notify Engineer in writing at least 48 hours before starting demolition. D. Submit an approved copy of demolition schedule to Engineer prior to commencement of demolition operations. E Obtain a permit for building demolition, as required. 1.04 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment designated for reuse or salvage are listed in Section 01100 - Summary of Work. Protect items designated for reuse or salvage from damage during demolition, handling and storage. Restore damaged items to satisfactory condition. B. Materials and equipment not designated for reuse or salvage become the property of the Contractor. 4/00 02220-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 1.05 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store and protect materials .and equipment designated for reuse until time of installation. B. Deliver and unload items to be salvaged to storage areas indicated on Drawings. C. Remove equipment and materials not designated for reuse or salvage and all waste and debris resulting from demolition from site. Remove material as work progresses to avoid clutter. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Minimize spread of dust and flying particles. If required by governing regulations use temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to prevent the spread of dust, dirt and debris. B. Use appropriate controls to limit noise from demolition to levels designated in local ordinances. C. Do not use water where it can create dangerous or objectionable conditions, such as localized flooding, erosion, or sedimentation of nearby ditches or streams. D. Stop demolition and notify Engineer if underground fuel storage tanks, asbestos, PCB's, contaminated soils, or other hazardous materials are encountered. E. Dispose of removed equipment, materials, waste and debris in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FOR DEMOLITION A. Use equipment and materials approved under Paragraph 1.03, Submittals. B. Fires are not permitted. C. Do not use a "drop hammer" where the potential exists for damage to underground utilities, structures, or adjacent improvements. 4/00 02220-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to demolition, make an inspection with Engineer to determine the condition of existing structures and features adjacent to items designated for demolition. B. Engineer will mark or list existing equipment to remain the property of the Owner. C. Do not proceed with demolition or removal operations until after the joint inspection and subsequent authorization by Engineer. 3.02 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Provide safe working conditions for employees throughout demolition and removal operations. Observe safety requirements for work below grade. B. Maintain safe access to adjacent property and buildings. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks or passageways adjacent to the work. C. Perform demolition in a manner to prevent damage to adjacent property. Repair damage to City property or adjacent property and facilities. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for safety and integrity of adjacent structures and shall be liable for any damage due to movement or settlement. Provide proper framing and shoring necessary for support. Cease operations if an adjacent structure appears to be endangered. Resume demolition only after proper protective measures have been taken. E. Erect and maintain enclosures, barriers, warning lights, and other required protective devices. 3.03 UTILITY SERVICES A. Follow rules and regulations of authorities or companies having jurisdiction over communications, pipelines, and electrical distribution services. B. Notify and coordinate with utility company and adjacent building occupants when temporary interruption of utility service is necessary. 4/00 02220-4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 3.04 DISPOSAL A. Remove from the site all items contained in or upon the structure not designated for reuse or salvage. Conform to requirements of Section 01500 -Temporary Facilities and Controls or Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. B. Follow method of disposal as required by regulatory agencies. 3.05 MECHANICAL WORK ITEMS A. Mechanical removals consist of dismantling and removing existing piping, pumps, motors, water tanks, equipment and other appurtenances. It includes cutting, capping, and plugging required to restore use of existing utilities. • B. Remove existing process, water, -chemical, gas, fuel oil and other piping not required for new work. Take out piping to the limits shown or to a point where it will not interfere with the new work. Piping not indicated to be removed or which does not interfere with new work shall be removed to the nearest solid support, capped, and the remainder left in place. Purge chemical and fuel lines and tanks. Verify that such lines are safe prior to removal or capping. C. Where piping that is to be removed passes through existing walls, cut and cap piping on each side of the wall. Use cap appropriate for pipe material to be capped. Provide fire -rated sealant for walls classified as fire -rated. D. When underground piping, which is not located in the public right-of-way, is to be altered or removed, cap the remaining piping. Abandoned underground piping may be left in place unless it interferes with new work or is shown or specified to be removed. Piping less than 15 inches in diameter may be plugged and abandoned in place. For piping 15 inches in diameter and greater to be abandoned, fill with sand, pressure grout or other approved method and plug with concrete or brick masonry bulkhead. E Remove waste and vent piping to points shown. Plug pipe and cleanouts and plugs. Where vent stacks pass through an existing roof that is to remain, remove the stack and patch the hole in the roof, making it watertight. Comply with requirements of existing roof installer so as to maintain roof warranty. F. Conform to applicable codes when making any changes to plumbing and heating systems. 3.06 ELECTRICAL WORK ITEMS A Electrical removals consist of disconnecting and removing existing switchgear, distribution switchboards, control panels, bus duct, conduits and wires, panelboards, lighting fixtures, and miscellaneous electrical equipment. 4/00 02220-5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION B. Remove existing electrical equipment and fixtures to prevent damage to allow continued operation of existing systems and to maintain the integrity of the grounding systems. C. Remove poles and metering equipment, if designated for removal on the Drawings. Coordinate electrical removals with the power company, as necessary. Verify that power is properly de -energized and disconnected. D. Where shown or otherwise required, remove wiring in underground duct systems. Verify function of wiring before disconnecting and removing. Plug ducts which are not to be reused at entry to buildings. E. Changes to electrical systems shall conform to applicable codes. END OF SECTION 4/00 02220-6 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND Section 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for cement stabilized sand under this Section unless an extra unit price item is included in the Bid Proposal and the application of the pay item is approved by the Engineer. Include payment for cement stabilized sand in unit price for applicable utility or structure installation section. B. If use of cement stabilized sand is allowed based on the Engineer's direction the extra unit price item will be paid on a per ton basis. A conversion between volume calculated based on theoretical limits and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1.64 tons per cubic yard. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit material qualification and mix design tests to include: 1. Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed source. Tests shall include procedures defined in Paragraph 2.01. 2. Three moisture -density relationship tests prepared using the material qualified by the tests of Paragraph 1.03 B 1. Blends of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the mix design testing 3. Mix design report to meet the design requirements of Paragraph 1.04. The mix design shall include compressive strength tests after 48-hours and 7 days curing. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Design sand -cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D1632, and tested in accordance with ASTM D1633. Mix for general use shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 4/00 02252-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND sacks of cement per cubic yard. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side of optimum. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. B. Sand: Clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33, or requirements for Bank Run Sand of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, and the following requirements: 1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487. 2. Deleterious materials: a. Clay lumps, ASTM C142; less than 0.5 percent. b. Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123; less than 5.0 percent. c. Organic impurities, ASTM C40; color no darker than the standard color. d. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. 3. Fine aggregate manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for bank run sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be defined in the mix design report. C. Water: Potable water, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94. 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A. Thoroughly mix sand, cement and water in proportions of the mix design using a pugmill-type mixer. The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to ensure correct mix proportions. B. Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected. PART3 EXECUTION 3.02 PLACING A. Place sand -cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D558, unless otherwise specified. The moisture content during 4/00 02252-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand -cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B. Do not place or compact sand -cement mixture in standing or free water. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically. Material samples will be obtained and tested in accordance with Paragraph 2.01, Materials, if there is evidence of change in material characteristic. C. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of delivery for each day of placement in a work area. Specimens will be prepared in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested for 48-hour compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D1633. D. The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there are apparent changes in the mix properties. END OF SECTION 4/00 02252-3 CITY OF PEARLAND ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL Section 02316 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Excavation of materials for roadways. B Excavation of materials for roadside ditches. C. Section 02910 - Topsoil: Topsoil materials and placement. 1.02 UNIT PRICES Measurement and payment shall be by the cubic yard measured in place before and after excavation by the average and area method . 1.03 TESTS Tests and analysis of soil materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM D4318, ASTM D2216, and ASTM D698 under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect trees shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other features outside of grading limits. B. Protect above and below grade utilities which are to remain. C. Repair damage caused by Contractor. 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 Field Surveying. B. Identify and flag surface and aerial utilities. 4/00 02316-1 CITY OF PEARLAND ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL C. Notify utility companies to remove or relocate utilities. D. Identify known utilities below grade. Stake and flag locations. Make temporary or permanent removals and replacements of underground pipes, ducts, or u tilities where indicated on Drawings E Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. F. Obtain approval of top soil quality before excavating and stockpiling. 3.02 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION A Excavate topsoil for esplanades and areas to receive grass or landscaping from areas to be further excavated. Stockpile in area designated on site. B. Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet. Stockpile in an manner to prevent erosion. 3.03 SOIL EXCAVATION A. Excavate to lines and grades shown on drawings. B. Remove unsuitable material not meeting specifications. Backfill with e mbankment materials and compact to requirements of Section 02330 - Embankment. C. At intersections, grade back at minimum slope of one inch per foot. Produce a smooth riding junction with intersecting street. Maintain proper drainage. D. Fill over -excavated areas in accordance with requirements of Section 02330 at n o cost to the Owner. E Remove unsuitable material, and excess soil not being reused, from the site in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.04 COMPACTION A. Maintain optimum moisture content of subgrade to attain required compaction density. B. Compact to following minimum densities at a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D698, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings: 4/00 02316-2 CITY OF PEARLAND ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 1. Areas under future paving and shoulders: Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density. 2. Other areas: Minimum density of 90 percent of maximum dry density. 3.05 TOLERANCES Top of compacted surface: Plus or minus 1/2 inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2922 and ASTM 3017 under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. Three or more tests, at Owner's option, will be taken for each 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway. C. If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements, recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Prevent erosion at all times. Maintain ditches and cut temporary swales to allow natural drainage in order to avoid damage to roadway. Do not allow water to pond. B. Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. C. Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and recompact slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 4/00 02316-3 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES SECTION 02318 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, including manholes and other pipeline structures. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. If not listed in Bid Schedule, there will be no additional payment for trench excavation, embedment and backfill. Include cost in the unit price for installed underground piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. B. No separate or additional payment will be made for surface water control, ground water control, or for excavation drainage. Include in the unit price for the installed piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. D. If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for special excavation: Measurement for special excavation is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place, without deduction for space occupied by portions of pipes, ducts, or other structures left in place across trenches excavated under this item. E Cost for item shall include: 1. Dewatering and surface water control. 2. Protection of pipes, ducts, or other structures encountered including bracing, shoring and sheeting necessary for support 3. Replacement of pipes, ducts, or structures damaged by special excavation operations, except where payment for replacement is authorized by Engineer due to deteriorated condition of pipes, ducts, or structure. 4. Temporary disconnecting plugging, and reconnecting of low volume water pipes, to allow machine excavation or augermg, when approved by Engineer. Pipe for replacement shall be new and conform to specification requirements for type of existing pipe removed. 5. Resodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of special excavation. 4/00 02318-1 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 6. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Project. F. Include cost for following items in payment for applicable Division 2 - Site Work Sections: 1. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. 2. Utility piping installed in trenches excavated under this item. 3. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. G. If listed in Bid Schedule, extra hand excavation: Measurement for extra hand excavation is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. H. Cost for hand excavation item shall include: 1. Dewatering and surface water control. 2. DisposaI of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Project. I. Include cost for placement of extra hand excavation in payment for Extra Work Bid Item for Extra Placement of Material. J. Include cost for following items in payment for applicable Division 2 - Site Work Sections: 1. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. 2. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. K. If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for extra machine excavation: Measurement for extra machine excavation is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. L. Cost for machine excavation item shall include: 1. Dewatering and surface water control. 2. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Project. M. Include cost for placement of extra machine excavation in payment for Extra Work Bid Item for Extra Placement of Material. N. Include cost for following items in payment for applicable Division 2 - Site Work Sections: 4/00 02318-2 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. 2. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. O. If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for extra placement of material: Measurement for extra placement of material is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. At the discretion of Engineer, measurement of cubic yards may be calculated from the volume of Extra Hand Excavation or Extra Machine Excavation for which placement is made, minus the volume of any Extra Placement of Special Backfill authorized in conjunction with the Work. P. Cost for this extra placement of material item shall include resodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Hand Excavation or Extra Machine Excavation. Q. If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for extra placement of special excavation Measurement for extra placement of special material is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. R. Cost for this extra placement of special excavation item shall include geotextile material and concrete trench dams required to complete the placement of special material conforming to the Specifications. S. No payment will be made for delays in completion of Work resulting from extra unit price Work. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Special excavation: Excavation necessitated by obstruction of pipes ducts, or other structures, not shown on Drawings, which interfere with installation of utility piping by normal methods of excavation or augering. Contractor shall be responsible for locating such underground obstructions, sufficiently in advance of trench excavation or augering, to preclude damage to the: obstructions. B. Extra hand excavation* Excavation by manual labor at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in bid items contained in the Schedule of Unit Prices. C. Extra machine excavation: Excavation by machine at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in bid items contained in the Schedule of Unit Prices. D. Extra replacement of material. Handling, backfill, and compaction of excavated material authorized under Extra Work Bid Items for Extra Hand Excavation or Extra Machine Excavation. Placement and compaction shall conform to requirements specified in appropriate Division 2 - Site Work Sections. 4/00 02318-3 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E Extra placement of special backfill: Hauling, placing, and consolidating of special materials in conjunction with Extra Work Bid Item Extra Replacement of Material at locations designated by the Engineer. Materials placed under this item shall conform to requirements for Bank Run Sand, Cement Stabilized Sand, Concrete Sand, Pea Gravel, Gem Sand, or Crushed Stone specified in Division 2 - Site Work Sections. F. Pipe Foundation: Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over - excavations. G. Pipe Bedding: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. H. Haunching: The material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up to springline of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. I. Initial Backfill: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from springline of pipe (top of haunching) up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. J. Pipe Embedment: The portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching and initial backfill K. Trench Zone: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. L Unsuitable Material. Unsuitable soil materials are the following: 1. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture content. 3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 4 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials. 4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. M. Suitable Material: Suitable soil materials are those meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable 4I00 02318-4 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES soils after treatment with lime or cement are considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. N. Backfill: Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions. O. Ground Water Control Systems: Installations external to trench such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering to lower ground water, intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from side or bottom of trench excavation, and depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer to Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. P. Surface Water Control: Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from trench excavation. Ram water and surface water accidentally entering trench shall be controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage. Q. Excavation Drainage: Removal of surface and seepage water in trench by sump pumping and using a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321 placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. R. Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary. 1. Dry Stable Trench. Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. 2. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. 3. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. 4. Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. 5. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving or loss of density. 4/00 02318-5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES S. Subtrench: Subtrench is a special case of benched excavation. Subtrench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a subtrench depends upon trench stability and safety as deteiinined by the Contractor. T. Trench Dam: A placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibitground water flow along the trench. U. Over -Excavation and Backfill: Excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Drawings, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. V. Foundation Backfill Materials: Natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geotextile filter fabrics as required, to control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. W. Trench Safety Systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems as defined in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. X. Trench Shield (Trench Box): A portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavationto be protected. Y. Shoring System. A structure that supports sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. Z Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring requirements for locations identified on the Drawings. • 1.04 SCHEDULING Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation, manhole, or other structures. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01350 - Submittals. 4/00 02318-6 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES B. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and compaction, including: 1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other premanufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. 5. Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the Drawings. C. Submit a ground and surface water control plan in accordance with requirements in this Section and Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. D. Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in accordance with requirements in this Section. E. Submit a trench excavation safety program in accordance with requirements of Section 01570 - Trench Safety System. Include designs for special shoring meeting the requirements defined in the Section. F. Submit record of location of utilities as installed, referenced to survey control points. Include locations of utilities encountered or rerouted. Give stations, horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts, and gradients. 1.06 TESTS A. Perform backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements in this Section. B. Testing and analysis of backfill materials for soil classification and compaction during construction will be performed by an independent laboratory provided by the Owner in accordance with requirements of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.07 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Drawings, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B. Protect and support above -grade and below -grade utilities which are to remain. C. Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities are indicated on the Drawings. 4/00 02318-7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.08 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Have Special Shoring designed or selected by the Contractor's Professional Engineer to provide support for the sides of the excavations, including soils and hydrostatic ground water pressures as applicable, and to prevent ground movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as structures, pavements and utilities. Special shoring may be a premanufactured system selected by the Contractors Professional Engineer to meet the project site requirements based on the manufacturer's standard design. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with track mounted excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B. Use only hand operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. C. Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. D. Use Special Shoring systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting, braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the Special Shoring design requirements. 2.02 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A Embedment and Trench Zone Backfill Materials: Conform to the following classifications and product descriptions: B. Materials for backfill shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487. Material use and application is defined in utility installation specifications and Drawings either by class, as described in Paragraph 2.01B, or by product descriptions, as given in Paragraph 2.02. C. Class Designations Based on Laboratory Testing: 1. Class I: Well -graded gravels and sands, gravel -sand mixtures, crushed well -graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW): 4/00 02318-8 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES a. Plasticity index- nonplastic. b. Gradation: D60/D10 - greater than 4 percent, amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent. Class II: Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to moderate fines: a. Plasticity index: nonplastic to 4. b. Gradations: i. Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5 percent. ii. Gradation (GM, SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. iii. Borderline gradations with dual classifications (e.g., SP- SM)- amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 5 percent and 12 percent. 3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand, silt, and clay (GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC): a. Plasticity index: greater than 7. b. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. 4. Class IVA: Lean clays (CL)- a. Plasticity Indexes: i. Plasticity index: greater than 7, and above A line. ii. Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML): PI between 4 and 7. iii. Liquid limit. less than 50. b. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. c. Inorganic. 5. Class IVB: Fat clays (CH): a. Plasticity index: above A line. b. Liquid limit 50 or greater. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. 6. Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not defined above, according to the more restrictive class. 4/00 02318-9 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2.03 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A. Soils classified as silt (ML), elastic silt (MH) organic clay and organic silt (OL, OH), and organic matter (PT) are not acceptable as backfill materials. These soils may be used for site grading and restoration in unimproved areas as approved by the Engineer. Soils in Class IVB, fat clay (CH) may be used as backfill materials where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures and Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches, free of roots, waste, debris, trash organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials: 1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2. Lightweight pieces& Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 123. 3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40. C. Manufactured materials, such as crushed concrete, may be substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the Engineer, provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory by testing. D. Bank Run Sand: Durable bank run sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements: 1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1140. The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: 3. Liquid limit: not exceeding 25 percent. 4. Plasticity index: not exceeding 7. E. Concrete Sand: Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: 4/00 02318-10 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Sieve Percent Passing 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 F. Gem Sand: Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: Sieve Percent Passing 3/8" 95 to 100 No. 4 60 to 80 No. 8 15 to 40 G. Pea Gravel Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: Sieve Percent Passing 1/2" 100 3/8" 85 to 100 No. 4 10 to 30 No. 8 0 to 10 No. 16 0 to 5 H. Crushed Aggregates: Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements: 1. Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non -plastic fines. 3. Los Angeles abrasion test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. 4/00 02318-11 CITY OF PF.ARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 4. Crushed aggregate shall have a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the No. 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by Test Method Tex-460-A, Part I. 5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel, sized by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occurring single source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing details. 6. Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt, reinforcing steel fragments, soil, waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris. 7. Gradations, as determined in accordance with Tex-110-E Sieve Percent by Passing Ranges by Weight of Nominal for Pipes Pipe Embedment Sizes >15" 15" - 8" <8" 1" 95 - 100 100 _ 3/4" 60 - 90 90 - 100 100 1/2" 25 - 60 - 90 - 100 3/8" - 20 - 55 40 - 70 No.4 0 - 5 0- 10 0 - 15 No. 8 - 0- 5 0- 5 I. Select Backfill: Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay with a plasticity index between 7 and 20 or clayey soils treated with lime in accordance with Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing, to meet plasticity criteria. J. Random Backfill: Any suitable soil or mixture of soils within Classes I, II, III and IV; or fat clay (CH) where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures and Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. K. Cement Stabilized Sand: 1. Cement: Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. 2. Sand: Clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33, or requirements for Bank Run Sand of Paragraph 2.03D, and the following requirements: 4/00 02318-12 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES a. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487. b. Deleterious materials: i. Clay lumps ASTM C142; less than 0.5 percent ii. Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123; less than 5.0 percent. iii. Organic impurities, ASTM C40; color no darker than the standard color. c. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. 3. Fine aggregate manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material of paragraph 2.03H may be used as a complete or partial substitute for bank run sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be defined in the mix design report 4. Water: Potable water, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94. • L Concrete Backfill: Conform to Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.04 MATERIAL TESTING A Ensure that material selected, produced and delivered to the project meets applicable specifications and is of sufficient uniform properties to allow practical construction and quality control. B. Source or Supplier Qualification. Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by suppliers, for selection of material sources and products. Provide test results for a minimum of three samples for each source and material type. Tests samples of processed materials from current production representing material to be delivered. Tests shall verify that the materials meet specification requirements. Repeat qualification test procedures each time the source characteristic changes or there is a planned change in source location or supplier. Qualification tests shall include, as applicable: 1. Gradation. Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified control sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the No. 200 sieve. 2. Plasticity of material passing the No. 40 sieve. 3. Los Angeles abrasion wear of material retained on the No. 4 sieve. 4. Clay lumps 5. Lightweight pieces 6. Organic impurities 4/00 02318- 1 3 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES C. Production Testing. Provide reports to the Engineer from an independent testing laboratory that backfill materials to be placed in the Work meet applicable specification requirements. D. Assist the City Engineer in obtaining material samples for verification testing at the source or at the production plant. E Concrete Backfill: Confoini to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. F. Geotextile (Filter Fabric): Conform to requirements of Section 02370 Geotextile. G. Concrete for Trench Dams: Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete. H. Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 STANDARD PRACTICE A. Install flexible pipe, including "semi -rigid" pipe, to conform to standard practice described in ASTM D 2321, and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section governs. B. Install rigid pipe to conform with standard practice described in ASTM C 12, and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section governs. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Establish traffic control to conform with requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning lights for streets and intersections where Work is in progress or where affected by the Work, and is considered hazardous to traffic movements. B. Perform Work to conform with applicablesafety standards and regulations. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. C. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line which is damaged, broken, or disturbed Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. 4/00 02318-14 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition, as applicable. E Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures to conform with Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. F. Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner those which are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 - Field Surveying. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B. Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Drawings. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C. Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe outside diameter (O.D.). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches. D. Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. E. Upon discovery of unknown utilities badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F. Shoring of Trench Walls. 1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times. 2. For all types of shoring support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 4/00 02318-15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. 5. ]f sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone is 1 inch. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G. Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield (trench box) is used as a worker safety device, the following requirements apply: 1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 3. When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, move the shield as backfill is placed and ramped in. Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation 4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. 3.04 HANDLING EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Use only excavated materials which are suitable as defined in this Section. Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. B. When required, provide additional backfill material conforming with requirements in this Section. C. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on streets and adjacent properties. Maintain site conditions in accordance with Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 4/00 02318-16 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3.05 GROUND WATER CONTROL Implement ground water control according to Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. Provide a stable trench to allow installation in accordance with the Specifications. 3.06 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B. Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.07 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B. Place geotextile, if specified, to prevent particle migration from the in -situ into open -graded (Class I) embedment materials or drainage layers. C. Place embedment including bedding haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Drawings PVC & HDPE require cement -stabilized sand bedding and backfill to one foot below subgrade or below grade if under pavement, or one foot above top of pipe if not under pavement. D. For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free -fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. E. Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone u nless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are u sed. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against u ndisturbed soil. F. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. 4/00 02318-17 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES G. Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary hold small -diameter or lightweight pipe in place during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. H. Place electrical conduit directly on foundation without bedding. I. Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in restricted areas and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestricted areas. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. 1. Class I embedment materials. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria. c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom, foundation or trench walls 2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials. c. Moisture content of Class II materials within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698. Moisture content of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration. J. Place trench dams in Class I embedments in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.08 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. • B. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. 4/00 02318-18 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES C. For sewer pipes use backfill materials described here as determined by trench limits. As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and pavements, use cementstabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches, or bank run sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the Drawings. Uniformly backfill trenches unless specified otherwise according to the paved area criteria. Use select backfill within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete, use flexible base material within one foot below pavement subgrade. D. For water lines, backfill in trench zone, including auger pits, with bank run sand, select fill, or random backfill material as specified in this Section. E. For trench excavations under pavement, place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods indicated below. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. 1. Bank run sand. a. .Maximum 9-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 2. Cement -stabilized sand. a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 24 inches. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558. c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration. 3. Select fill a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. F. For trench excavations outside pavements, a random backfill of suitable material may be used in the trench zone. 1. Fat clays (CH) may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the Contractor's option. If the required density is not achieved, the 4/00 02318-19 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Contractor, at his option and at no additional cost to the Owner, may use lime stabilization to achieve compaction. requirements or use a different suitable material. 2.. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12-inch lift thickness for granular soils. 3. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or to same density as adjacent soils. 4. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density. 3.09 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as shown on the Drawings. 3.10 SOURCES OF UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided applicable specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other approved source. B. Identify off -site sources for backfill materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. C. Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements of the specifications will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a•material is approved by the Engineer, expense for sampling and testing required to change to a different material will be credited to the Citythrough a change order. D. Bank run sand, select backfill, and random backfill, if available in the project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the work from off -site sources. E The City does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 4/00 02318-20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3.11 MATERIAL HANDLING A. When backfill material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and selection of approved material to be used. Excavate the selected material by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B. Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property. C. When stockpiling backfill material near the project site, use appropriate methods to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. D. Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control 1. The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles. b. On -site stockpiles. c. Materials placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. B. Production Verification Testing: The City's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. C. Provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction. D. Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. E. At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for cement- 4/00 02318-21 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. F. In -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1. A minimum of one test for every 20 cubic yards of compacted embedment and for every 50 cubic yards of compacted trench zone backfill material. 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work when backfill is placed. 3. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation, bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 5. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection. 6. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in -place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 7. Recompacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. G. Recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For hardened soil cement with nonconforming density core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. H. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.14 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. • END OF SECTION 4/00 02318-22 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE SECTION 02335 SUBGRADE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Foundation course of lime stabilized or lime/fly ash stabilized natural subgrade material. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for Subgrade is on a square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of stabilized subgrade. B. Measurement for hydrated lime and quicklime is by the ton of 2,000 pounds dry -weight basis. C. Measurement for commercial lime slurry is by the ton of 2,000 pounds of lime calculated on the percentage by weight of dry solids for the grade of slurry. D. Measurement for fly ash is by the ton of 2,000 pounds dry -weight basis. E. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit certificates stating that hydrated lime, quicklime, or commercial lime slurry complies with these specifications. C. Submit weight tickets, certified by supplier, with each bulk delivery of lime to work site. D. Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for rotary speed mixer and compaction equipment for approval. 1.04 TESTS A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. 4/00 02335-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE B. Tests and analysis of soil materials will be perfoinied in accordance with ASTM D4318. C. Sampling and testing of lime slurry shall be in accordance with Tex-600-J. D. Sample mixtures of hydrated lime or quicklime in slurry form will be tested to establish compliance with specifications. E Soil will be evaluated to establish percent of hydrated lime, fly ash, quicklime, or lime slurry to be applied to subgrade material. F. Moisture -density relationship will be established on material sample from roadway, after stabilization with lime, in accordance with ASTM D698. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Bagged lime shall bear manufacturer's name, product identification, and certified weight. Bags varying more than 5 percent of certified weight may be rejected average weight of 50 random bags in each shipment shall not be less than certified weight. B Store lime in weatherproof enclosures. Protect lime from ground dampness. C. Quicklime can be dangerous; exercise extreme caution if used for the Work. Contractor shall become informed about recommended precautions in the handling, storage and use of quicklime. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER Water shall be clean; clear; and free from oil, acids, alkali, or organic matter. 2.02 LIME A. Type A - Hydrated lime. Dry material consisting essentially of calcium hydroxide or mixture of calcium hydroxide and an allowable percentage of calcium oxide and magnesium hydroxide. B. Type B - Commercial lime slurry' Liquid mixture consisting essentially of lime solids and water in slurry form. Water or liquid portion shall not contain dissolved material in sufficient quantity to be injurious or objectionable for purpose intended. C. Type C - Quicklime. Dry material consisting essentially of calcium oxide. Furnish quicklime in either of the following grades: 4/00 02335-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 1. Grade DS: Pebble quicklime of a gradation suitable for use in the preparation of a slurry for wet placing. 2. Grade S: Finely -graded quicklime for use in the preparation of a slurry for wet placing. Do not use grade S quicklime for dry placing. (So called 'Blue Lime" is not acceptable) D. Lime shall conform to following requirements: CHEMICAL COMPOSITION TYPE A B C Active % lime by weight content Ca(OH)2+CaO 90.0 mint 87.0 mine - Unhydrated lime content, % by weight CaO 5.O max - 87.0 min Free water content, % by weight H2O : 5.0 max - - SIZING Wet Sieve, as % by weight residue retained: No. 6 0.2 max 0.2 max2 8.0 max3 No. 30 4.0 max 4.0 max2 - Dry sieve, as % by weight residue retained: 1- inch - - 0.0 3/4-inch - - 10.0 max Notes: 1 2 3 Maximum Maximum 5.0% solids lime by weight content content, 2.0% by CaO of slurry. as weight CaO, shall in of be allowed Type retained in determining C lime No. total 6 sieve active shall lime content. exceed active on the not Total material original E Lime slurry may be delivered to the job site as commercial lime, or may be prepared at the job site by using hydrated lime or quicklime. The slurry shall be free of liquids other than water and shall be of a consistency that can be handled and uniformly applied without difficulty. 4/00 02335-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 2.03 FLY ASH Residue or ash remaining after burning finely pulverized coal at high temperatures conforming to the requirements of ASTM C618, Class C,.and the following: A. Have a minimum CaO content of 20 percent. B Loss on ignition shall not exceed 3 percent. C. Contain no lignite ash. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads. B. Verify subgrade lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Complete backfill of new utilities below future grade. B. Cut material to bottom of subgrade using an approved cutting and pulverizing machine meeting following requirements: 1. Cutters accurately provide a smooth surface over entire width of cut to plane of secondary grade. 2. Visible indication that cut is to proper depth. C. Alternatively, scarify or excavate to bottom of stabilized subgrade. Remove material or windrow to expose secondary grade. Correct wet or unstable material below secondary grade by scarifying, adding lime, and compacting. Obtain uniform stability. 3.03 LIME SLURRY APPLICATION A. Mix hydrated lime or quicklime with water to form a slurry of the solids content specified. Commercial lime slurry shall have dry solids content as specified. Conform to cautionary requirements of Paragraph 1.06C concerning use of quicklime. B. Apply slurry with a distributer truck equipped with an agitator to keep lime and water in a consistent mixture. Make successive passes over measured section of roadway to attain proper moisture and lime content Limit spreading to an area 4/00 02335-4 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE where preliminary mixing operations can be completed on the same working day. C. Apply so that dry subgrade will contain a minimum lime content of 5 percent by weight of dry subgrade unless otherwise instructed by Testing Laboratory. 3.04 PRELIIVIINARY MIXING A. Do not mix and place material when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. B. Use approved single -pass or multiple -pass rotary speed mixers to mix soil, lime, and water to required depth. Obtain a homogeneous friable mixture free of clods and lumps. C. Shape mixed subgrade to final lines and grades. D. Eliminate following operations and final mixing if pulverization requirements of Paragraph 3.05C can be met during preliminary mixing: 1. Seal subgrade as a precaution against heavy rainfall by rolling lightly with light pneumatic rollers 2. Cure soil -lime material for 1 to 4 days. Keep subgrade moist during cure. 3.05 FINAL MIXING A. Use approved single -pass or multiple -pass rotary speed mixers to uniformly mix cured soil and lime to required depth. B. Add water to bring moisture content of soil mixture to a minimum of optimum or above. C. Mix and pulverize until all material passes a 1-3/4-inch sieve; a minimum of 85 percent, excluding nonslacking fractions, passes a 3/4-inch sieve; and a minimum of 60 percentexcluding nonslacking fractions passes a No. 4 sieve. D. Shape mixed subgrade to final lines and grades. E. Do not expose hydrated lime to open air for more than 6 hours during interval between application and mixing. Avoid excessive hydrated lime loss due to washing or blowing. 4/00 02335-5 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 3.06 COMPACTION A. Aerate or sprinkle to attain optimum moisture content as determined by Testing Laboratory. Remove and reconstruct sections where average moisture content exceeds ranges specified at time of final compaction. B. Start compaction immediately after final mixing, unless approved by Engineer. C. Spread and compact in two or more approximately equal layers where total compacted thickness is to be greater than 8 inches D. Compact with approved heavy pneumatic or vibrating rollers, or a combination of tamping rollers and light pneumatic rollers. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until entire depth is uniformly compacted. E Do not allow stabilized base to mix with underlying material. Correct irregularities or weak spots immediately by replacing material and recompacting. F. Compact to following minimum densities at a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D698, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings* 1. Areas to receive pavement without subsequent base course: Minimum density of 98 percent of maximum dry density. 2. Areas to receive subsequent base course: Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density. G. Seal with approved light pneumatic tired rollers: Prevent surface hair line cracking. Rework and recompact at areas where hair line cracking develops. H. All references to lime or lime slurry shall include fly ash as appropriate for application, mixing, and compaction. I. Contractor shall conduct operations to minimize elapsed time between mixing and compacting fly -ash stabilized subgrade in order to take advantage of rapid initial set characteristics. Complete compaction within 2 hours of commencing compaction, and not more than 6 hours after adding and mixing the last stabilizing agent. 3.07 CURING A. Moist cure for a minimum of 3 days before placing base or surface course, or opening to traffic. Time may be adjusted as approved by Engineer. Subgrade may be opened to traffic after 2 days if adequate strength has been attained to 4/00 02335-6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE prevent damage. Restrict traffic to light pneumatic rollers or vehicles weighing less than 10 tons. B. Keep subgrade surface damp by sprinkling. Roll with light pneumatic roller to keep surface knit together. C. Place base, surface, or seal course within 14 days after final mixing and compaction unless prior approval is obtained from Engineer. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. B. Top of compacted surface tolerance: Plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section or in 16 foot length. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. A minimum of one phenolphthalein test will be made at random locations per 1000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base to determine in -place depth. C. Contractor may, at his own expense, request additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in -place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth, place and compact additional material at no cost to the Owner. D. Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2922 and ASTM D3017 at a random locations near depth determination tests. Rework and recompact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no cost to the Owner. E Fill test sections with new compacted lime stabilized subgrade. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Maintain stabilized subgrade to lines and grades and in good condition until placement of base or surface course. Protect the asphalt membrane, if used, from being picked up by traffic. B. Repair defects immediately by replacing material to full depth. END OF SECTION 4/00 02335-7 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 02542 CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast -in -Place and Precast Concrete manholes for sanitary and storm sewers. B. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. C. Ring grates. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement and payment for normal depth manholes, up to 8 feet deep, is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. B. Measurement and payment for shallow depth manholes if listed in the Bid Schedule is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed. Shallow manholes have a depth of 4 feet or less measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. C. Measurement and payment for extra depth manholes is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. D. Measurement and payment for normal depth corrosion resistant manholes, up to 8 feet deep, is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed.. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. E Measurement and payment for extra depth corrosion resistant manholes is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. F. Measurement and payment for normal depth standard manhole drops up to 3 feet deep is on a unit price basis for each drop installed. Depth is measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. Standard manhole drops include both internal and external drops. 4/00 02542 1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES G. Measurement and payment for extra depth manhole drops is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 3 feet. Depth is measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. Standard manhole drops include both internal and external drops. H. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit proposed design mix and test data for each type and strength of concrete. C. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: 1. Frames, grates, rings, and covers. 2. Materials to be used in fabricating drop connections. 3. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 4. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs. 5. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. 6. Shop drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details including reinforcement, jointing methods, materials and dimensions. 7. Certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design criteria as established in paragraph 2.01 E of this: specification. 8.. Materials and procedures for corrosion -resistant liner. and coatings," if required. 9. Manufacturer's.data for pre -mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and benches D. Provide shop drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details :Show anchorage and accessory items. Include setting drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Conform to. requirements of Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. B..Manholes - Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. or approved by the Engineer for use on extra depth units. 4/00 02542-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL Conform to requirements of Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.03 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Use manhole sections and base sections conforming to ASTM C 478. Use base riser section with integral floors, unless shown otherwise. Provide adjustment rings which are standard components of the manufacturer of the manhole sections meeting material requirements of ASTM C 478. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel. B. Construct barrels for precast manholes from 48-inch diameter standard reinforced concrete manhole sections unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Use various lengths of manhole sections in combination to provide the correct height with the fewest joints. Wall sections shall be designed for depth as shown and loading conditions as described in paragraph 2.01 E, but shall not be less than 5 inches thick. Base section shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches under the invert. C. Provide cone tops to receive cast iron frames and covers, unless indicated otherwise. Use tops designed to support an H-20 loading. D. Where the Drawings indicate that manholes larger than 48-inch diameter are required, precast base sections of the required diameter shall be provided with flat slab top precast sections used to transition to 48-inch diameter manhole access riser sections. Transition can be concentric or eccentric. The transition shall be located to provide a minimum of 7-foot head clearance from the top of bench to underside of transition. E Design Loading Criteria The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base slab shall be designed by the manufacturer to the requirements of ASTM C 478 for the depth as shown on Drawings and the following design criteria: 1. AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the, manhole cover and transmitted down to the transition and base slabs. 2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole, including base slab projections. 3 Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at -rest ' equivalent fluid pressure of 100 pcf, with soil pressure acting on empty manhole. 4. Internal liquid pressure based on a unit weight of 63 pcf, with manhole filled with liquid from invert to cover, with no balancing external soil pressure. 5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the transition and base slabs. 4/00 02542-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 6. Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings. 7. The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be 12 inches or half the diameter of the smaller penetration, whichever is greater. F. Form joints between sections with o-ring gaskets conforming with ASTM C 443. G. Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections. H. Do not use brick masonry in construction of sanitary sewer manholes. 2.04 MORTAR Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS METALS Provide cast-iron frames,grates, rings, and covers confoiuiing to requirements of this Section and the City of Pearland Standard Details. 2.06 DROP CONNECTIONS AND STUBS Drop connections and stubs shall conform to the same pipe material requirements used in the main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2.07 PIPE CONNECTIONS A. Use resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923. Metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials: 1. External clamps: Type 304 stainless. steel _. 2:: Internal, expandable clamps on standard manholes:Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum. 3. Internal, expandable clamps on corrosion -resistant manholes: a. Type 316 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum , or b. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum, coated with minimum 16 mil fusion-bondedepoxy conforming to AWWA C 213. 4. All precast openings shall be fully circular, 360°'openings. B. Where rigid joints between pipe and a cast -in -place manhole base are specified or shown on the. Drawings, use polyethylene -isoprene waterstop meeting the physical property requirements of ASTM C 923 Press -Seal WS Series, or equal. 4/00 02542-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND. ACCESSORIES C. Storm sewer pipe connections: 1. Connections acceptable for sanitary sewers. 2. Line pipe grouted in place with mortar. 2.08 SEALANT MATERIALS Sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame shall be Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal. 2.09 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A. Where corrosion -resistant manholes or PVC -lined manholes are indicated on the Drawings, provide PVC liner for precast cylindrical manhole section, base sections, and cone sections. B. Seal internal PVC liner at pipe penetrations using manufacturer's recommended methods. 2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2.11 NON -SHRINK GROUT For non -shrink grout, use prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non -gas -liberating, non- metallic, cement -based grout requiring only the addition of water. It shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. 2.12 CASTINGS • A: Castings for frames, grates rings and covers shall conform to City of Pearland Standard Details and shall be ASTM A48, Class 30. Provide locking covers if indicated on Drawings. B. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. C. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Drawings. D. Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs 4/00 02542 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2.13 BEARING SURFACES Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in .which the casting may be seated in the frame. 2.14 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS Whereindicated on the Drawings, provide watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame Supply watertight manhole covers and frames, Model R-1.916 manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by Vulcan Foundry, or approval equal. 2.15 FABRICATED RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A615 B Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1. 2.16 INFLOW PREVENTERS Provide stainless steel inflow preventers on all sanitary sewer manholes. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines and grades are correct. B. Determine if the subgrade, when scarified and recompacted, can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. C. Do not build sanitary or storm sewer manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless approved by the Engineer. 3.02 CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLES A. Construct manholes to dimensions shown on Drawings. Commence construction as soon as possible after pipes are laid. B. Unstable Subgrade• Treatment: When unstable subgrade is encountered the subgrade will be examined by the Engineer to determine if the subgrade has 4/00 02542-6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over -excavated to allow fora 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material under the manhole base. If there is evidence of heaving a pile -supported concrete foundation, as detailed on the Drawings, shall be provided under the manhole base, when indicated by the Engineer. C. Cast manhole foundations and walls monolithically. A cold joint with approved water stop will be allowed when the manhole flow line depth exceeds 12 feet. No other joints will be allowed unless shown on Drawings or approved by the Engineer. D. Place, finish and cure concrete for manholes following the procedures given in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete, for concrete containing microsilica admixtures. 3.03 PLACEMENT OF PRECAST MANHOLES A. Install precast manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on Drawings. B. Place manholes at points of change of alignment, grade, size, pipe intersections, and end of sewer. 3.04 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Place precast base on 12-inch-thick (minimum) foundation of cement stabilized sand or a concrete foundation slab. Compact cement -sand in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Unstable Subgrade Treatment: When unstable subgrade is encountered, the subgrade will be examined by the Engineer to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over -excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation: material under the manhole base. If there is evidence of heaving, a pile -supported concrete foundation, as detailed on the Drawings, shall be provided under the manhole base, when indicated by the Engineer. 3.05 PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Install sections, joints, and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Install precast orsteel adjustment rings above tops of cones or flat -top sections as required to adjust the finished elevation and to support manhole frame. 4/00 02542 7 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES C. Seal any lifting holeswithnon-shrink grout: D. Where PVC liners are required, seal joints between sections in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.06 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLE A. Install approved resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Ensure that no concrete, cement stabilized sand, fill, or other rigid material is allowed to enter the space between. the pipe and the edge of the wall opening at and around the resilient connector on either theinterior or exterior of the manhole If necessary, fill the space with a compressible material to guarantee the full flexibility provided by the resilient connector. All pipe openings shall be fully circular, 360° openings.. C. Where a new manhole is to be constructed on an existing sewer, install a waterstop gasket around the existing pipe at the center of the cast -in -place wall. Join ends of split waterstop material at the pipe springline using an adhesive recommended and supplied by the: waterstop manufacturer. D. Do not construct joints on sanitary sewer pipe within wall sections of manholes. Use approved connection material. E Construct pipe stubs with. resilient connectors for future connections at locations and with material indicated on Drawings. Install approved stub plugs at interior of manhole. F. Test connection for watertight seal before backfillmg. 3.07 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to. provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of flowat pipe -manhole connections. Conform to following criteria: 1. Slope of invert bench: 1 inch per foot minimum; 1-1/2 inch per foot maximum. 2. Depth of bench to invert: a. Pipes smaller than 15-inches: one-half largest pipe diameter b. Pipes.15 to 24-inches: three -fourths the largest pipe diameter c. Pipes larger than 24-inches• equal to the largest pipe diameter 3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10-foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 4/00 02542-8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES • B. Form invert channels with class A concrete if not integral with manhole base. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. 3.08 DROP CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct drop connections with same materials used in main pipe unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or approved by the Engineer Install a drop connection with a sewer line enters a manhole higher than 30-inches above the invert of the manhole. B Encase drop assembly with class A concrete to form a solid mass Extend concrete outside of bells a minimum of 4 inches. Cast base of encasement monolithically with manhole base and ensure concrete bonds to exterior manhole wall. C. Terminate encasement of blind drops a minimum of 5 inches below top of bell and not less than 12 inches above top of next lower bell. Install approved plug at bell. 3.09 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Combine precast concrete adjustment rings so that the elevation of the installed casting cover is 3/8 inch below the pavement surface. Seal between adjustment ring and the manhole top with non -shrink grout; do not use mortar between adjustment rings. Apply a latex -based bonding agent to concrete surfaces to be joined with non -shrink grout. Set the cast iron frame on the adjustment ring in a bed of approved sealant. The sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2-inch and 3/4-inch wide. B. For manholes in unpaved areas, top of frame shall be set a minimum of 6 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. In unpaved areas, encase the manhole frame in mortar or non -shrink grout placed flush with the face of the manhole ring and the top edge of the frame. Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter. 3.10 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Use embedment zone backfill material, as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the embedment zone backfill. 4/00 02542-9 CITY OF PEARLAND ' CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES B. Where rigidjoints are used for connectingexisting sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the springline of the pipe with Class B concrete or flowable fill. C. In unpaved areas provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil. conforming to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. Seed in accordance with Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding. If shown on Drawings, sod •disturbed areas in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02530 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers. 3.12 PROTECTION Protect manholes from damage until subsequent work has been accepted.: Repair or replace damaged elements of manholes at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 4/00 02542-10 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS Section 02603 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. ' B. Ring grates. 1.02 UNIT PRICES No payment will be made for frames, grates, rings, covers, and seals under this Section. Include payment in unit price for related item. 1.03 •SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Provide copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions. Manufacturer shall be East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. or approved equal. C. Provide shop drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include setting drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames grates, rings and covers shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 35B and AASHTO M306. Provide locking covers if indicated on Drawings. Provide stainless steel inflow preventers on all sanitary sewer manholes. B. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without peiinanent deformation. C. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording and logos shown on the Drawings. 4/00 02603-1 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS D. Castings shall be 75% post -consumer recycled material, clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free ofplugs.. 2.02 BEARING SURFACES Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the casting may be seated in the frame. 2.03 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS Where indicated on the Drawings, provide inflow preventers and watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole covers and frames, Model R-1916 manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by Vulcan Foundry, or approval equal. 2.04 FABRICATED RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A615. B. Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1. PARTS EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install castings according to approved shop drawings, instructions .given in related specifications, and applicable directions from the manufacturer's printed materials. - B. Set castings accurately at required locations to proper alignment and elevation. Keep castings plumb, level, true and free of rack. Measure location accurately from established lines and grades. Brace or anchor frames temporarily in formwork until permanently set. C: Ring .grates shall be fabricated in accordance with drawings and shall be set in mortar in the mouth of the pipe bell. END OF SECTION 4/00 02603-2 CITY OF PLARLAND STORM SEWERS SECTION 02630 STORM SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Storm sewers and appurtenances. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for storm sewers is on a linear foot basis for each type and size of pipe installed. Measurement will be taken along the center line of the pipe from center line to center line of manholes or from end to end of culverts. B. No separate payment will be made for earthwork, connections to existing manholes and pipe, accessories, equipment and execution required or incidental to storm sewer work. Include payment in unit price for pipe. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit manufacturer's literature for product specifications and installation instructions. C. Submit test reports as specified in Part 3 of this Section. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The condition for acceptance will be a storm sewer that is watertight both in pipe -to -pipe joints and in pipe -to -manhole connections. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Handle pipe, fittings, and accessories carefully with approvedhandling devices. Do not drop or roll pipe off trucks or trailers. Materials cracked, gouged, chipped, dented, or otherwise damaged will not be approved for installation. C. Store pipe and fittings on heavy timbers or platforms to avoid contact with the ground. 4/00 02630-1 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS D. Unload pipe, fittings, and specials as close as practical to the location of installation to avoid unnecessary handling. E Keep interiors of pipe and fittings completely free of dirt and foreign matter. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE MATERIAL A. Piping materials for storm sewers shall be of the sizes and types indicated on the Drawings. B. Materials for pipe and fittings, other than those specified or referenced, may be considered for use in storm sewers. C. For consideration of other materials, submit complete manufacturer's data including materials, sizes, flow carrying capacity, installation procedures, and history of similar installations to Engineer for pre -bid evaluations if allowed, or as a substitution. 2.02 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Circular reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to requirements of ASTM C76, for Class III wall thickness. Joints shall be rubber gasketed conforming to ASTM C443. B. Reinforced concrete arch pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C506 for Class A -III. Joints shall conform to ASTM C877. C. Reinforced concrete elliptical pipe, either vertical or horizontal, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C507 for Class VE-I11 for vertical or Class HE -Ill for horizontal. Joints shall be rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C877. D. Reinforced concrete D-load pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C655. E When approved by the Engineer, high density polyethylene, corrugated drainage pipe meeting requirements of AASHTO M252 or M294 and ASTM D3350, Hancor or equal. 2.03 PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX SEWERS A. All box sewer sections shall conform to ASTM C789 or ASTM C850, as indicated on the Drawings. B. All pipe and boxes shall be machine -made or cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of concrete in the forms and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure a dense concrete. C. Concrete shall confoiin to requirements of Section 03300. 4/00 02630-2 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS D. Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit -mixed concrete is not acceptable. 2.04 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Corrugated metal pipe may be galvanized steel, aluminized steel, aluminum or precoated galvanized steel as indicated on Drawings and conforming to the following: Galvanized Steel AASHTO M 218 Aluminized Steel AASHTO M 274 Aluminum AASHTO M 197 Precoated Galvanized Steel AASHTO M 246 1. Reference to gauge of metal is to U.S. Standard Gauge for uncoated sheets. Tables in AASHTO M 218 and AASHTO M 274 list thicknesses for coated sheets in inches. The tables in AASHTO M 197 list thicknesses in inches for clad aluminum sheets. B. Coupling bands and other hardware for galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall conform to requirements of AASHTO M 36 for steel pipe and AASHTO M 196 for aluminum pipe. 1. Coupling bands shall be not more than 3. nominal sheet thicknesses lighter than thickness of pipe to be connected and in no case lighter than 0 052 inch for steel or 0.048 inch for aluminum. 2. Coupling bands shall be made of same base metal and coating (metallic or otherwise) as pipe. 3. Minimum width of corrugated locking bands shall be as shown below for corrugations which correspond to end circumferential corrugations on pipes being joined: a. 10-1/2 inches wide for 2-2/3-inch x 1/2-inch corrugations. b. 12 inches wide for 3-inch x 1-inch corrugations. 4. Helical pipe without circumferential end corrugations will be permitted only when it is necessary to join a new pipe to an existing pipe which was installed with no circumferential end corrugations. In this event pipe furnished with helical corrugations at ends shall be field jointed with either helically corrugated bands or with bands with projections (dimples). The minimum width of helical corrugated bands shall conform to the following: a. 12 inches wide for 1/2-inch-deep helical end corrugations. b. 14 inches wide for one -inch -deep helical end corrugations. 5. Bands with projections shall have circumferential rows of projections with one projection for each corrugation. Width of bands with projections shall be not less than the following: a. 12 inches wide for pipe diameters up to and including 72 inches. Bands shall have two circumferential rows of projections b. 16-1/4 inches wide for pipe diameters of 78 inches and greater. Bands shall have four circumferential rows of projections. 4/00 02630-3 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 6. Bolts for coupling bands shall be 1/2-inch diameter. Bands 12 inches wide or less will have a minimum of 2 bolts per end at each connection, and bands greater than 12 inches wide shall have a minimum of 3 bolts at each connection. 7. Galvanized bolts may be hot dip galvanized in accordance with requirements of AASHTO M 232, mechanically galvanized to provide same requirements as AASHTO M 232, or electrogalvanized per ASTM B 633, Type RS. C. Bituminous coated pipe or pipe arch shall be coated inside and out with a bituminous coating which shall meet these performance requirements and requirements of AASHTO M 190. 1 Pipe shall be uniformly coated inside and out to a minimum thickness of 0.05 inch, measured on crests of corrugations. 2. Bituminous coating shall adhere to the metal so that it will not chip, crack, or peel during handling and placement and shall protect pipe from corrosion and deterioration. 3. Where a paved invert is shown on Drawings pipe or pipe arch, in addition to fully- coated treatment described above, shall receive additional bituminous material, same as specified above, applied to the bottom quarter of circumference to form a smooth pavement. Maintain a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch above crests of corrugations. D. Furnish all fittings and specials required for bends, end sections, branches, access manholes, and connections to other fittings. Design fittings and specials in accordance with Drawings and ASTM A 760. Fittings and specials are subject to same internal and external loads as straight pipe. 2.05 PIPE FABRICATION A. Steel Pipe: 1. Galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 36, Type I, Type IA, or Type II, as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams, helical corrugations with continuous helical lock seam, or ultra -high frequency resistance butt -welded seams is acceptable. B. Aluminum Pipe: 1. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO. M 196, Type I, Type IA, circular pipe, or Type II, pipe arch as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams, or helical corrugations with a continuous helical lock seam. 3. Portions of aluminum pipe that will be in contact with concrete or metal other than aluminum, shall be insulated from these materials with a coating of bituminous material meeting requirements of AASHTO M 190. Extend coating a minimum distance of one foot beyond area of contact. C. Precoated Galvanized Steel Pipe: 1. Pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 245, Type I, Type IA or Type II as indicated on the Drawings. 4/00 02630-4 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 2. Bituminous coating shall adhere to the metal so that it will not chip, crack, or peel during handling and placement and shall protect pipe from corrosion and deterioration. 3. Where a paved invert is shown on Drawings pipe or pipe arch, in addition to fully- coated treatment described above, shall receive additional bituminous material, same as specified above, applied to the bottom quarter of circumference to form a smooth pavement. Maintain a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch above crests of corrugations. D. Furnish all fittings and specials required for bends, end sections, branches, access manholes, and connections to other fittings. Design fittings and specials in accordance with Drawings and ASTM A 760. Fittings and specials are subject to same internal and external loads as straight pipe. 2.05 PIPE FABRICATION A. Steel Pipe: 1. Galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 36, Type I, Type IA, or Type II, as indicated on the Diawings. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams, helical corrugations with continuous helical lock seam, or ultra -high frequency resistance butt -welded seams is acceptable. B. Aluminum Pipe: 1. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 196, Type I, Type IA, circular pipe, or Type II pipe arch as indicated on the Drawings 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams, or helical corrugations with a continuous helical lock seam. 3. Portions of aluminum pipe that will be in contact with concrete or metal other than aluminum, shall be insulated from these materials with a coating of bituminous material meeting requirements of AASHTO M 190 Extend coating a minimum distance of one foot beyond area of contact. Precoated Galvanized Steel Pipe: 1. Pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 245, Type I, Type IA or Type II as indicated on the Drawings 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted seams, or helical lock seams is acceptable. 3. Inside and outside coating shall be a minimum of 10 mils. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tolerances: Allowable casting tolerances for concrete units are plus or minus 1/4 inch from dimensions shown on the Drawings. Concrete thickness in excess of that required will not constitute cause for rejection provided that such excess thickness does not interfere with proper jointing operations. 4/00 02630-5 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS B. Precast Unit Identification: Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer clearly on the inside of inlet, headwall or wingwall. C. Rejection: Precast units may be rejected for non -conformity with these specifications and for any of the following reasons: 1. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint. 2. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. 3. Damaged or misshaped ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. D. Replacement: Immediately remove rejected units from the work site and replace with acceptable units. E Repairs: Occasional imperfections resulting from manufacture or accidental damage may be repaired if, in the opinion of the Engineer, repaired units conform with requirements of these specifications. 2.07 BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND TOPSOIL MATERIAL A. Bedding and Backfill Material Conform to drawings and requirements of Sections 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION • A. Set up street detours and barricades in preparation for excavation if construction will affect traffic Conform to requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation B. Provide barricades and warning lights and signs, for excavations. Conform to requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning lights for streets and intersections where work is in progress or where affected by the work and is considered hazardous to traffic movements.. C. Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Employ a Trench Safety System as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems for excavations over 5 feet deep. D. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any utility line which is damaged, broken or disturbed. Obtain approval from Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations either temporary or permanent. 4/00 02630-6 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS E Remove old pavements and structures including sidewalks and driveways in accordance with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition. F. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. 3.02 EARTHWORK A. Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the Drawings. When pipes are laid in a trench, the trench when completed and shaped to receive the pipe, shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding and jointing and thorough tamping of backfill and bedding material under and around pipe. B. Bed pipe in accordance with Drawings. When requested by Engineer, furnish a simple template for each size and shape of pipe for use in checking shaping of bedding. Template shall consist of a thin plate or board cut to match lower half of cross section. C. Where rock in either ledge or boulder form exists below pipe, remove the rock below grade and replace with suitable materials so that a shghtly yielding compacted earth cushion is provided below pipe a minimum of 12 inches thick. D. Where soil encountered at established grade is quicksand, muck or similar unstable materials, such unstable soil shall be removed and replaced in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.. Do not allow cement stabilized materials for backfill to come into contact with any uncoated aluminum or aluminized pipe surface. E After metal pipe structure has been completely assembled on proper line and grade and headwalls constructed when required by the drawing details, place selected material from excavation or borrow along both sides of the completed structures equally, in uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required and thoroughly compacted between adjacent structures and between structure and sides of trench, or for a distance each side of structure equal to : diameter .of pipe. Backfill material shall be compacted to the same density requirements as specified for adjoining sections of embankment in accordance with specifications. Above three -fourths point of structure, place uniformly on each side of pipe in layers not to exceed 12 inches F. Only hand operated tamping equipment will be allowed within vertical planes 2 feet beyond horizontal projection of outside surface of structure for backfilling, until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained. Remove and replace damaged pipe. G. Do not permit heavy earth moving equipment to haul over structure until a minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed. 4/00 02630-7 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS H. During backfilling, obtain unifoini backfill material and uniform compacted density throughoutlength of structure so that unequal pressure will be avoided. Provide proper backfill under structure. Prior to adding each new layer of loose backfill material, an inspection will be made of inside periphery of structure for local or unequal deformation caused by improper construction methods Evidence of deformation will be reason for such corrective measures as may be directed by Engineer. 3.03 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE INSTALLATION A. Place pipes on prepared foundation starting at outlet end. Join sections firmly together, with side laps or circumferential joints pointing upstream and with longitudinal laps on sides. B. Metal in joints which is not protected by galvanizing or aluminizing shall be coated with an approved asphaltum paint. C. Provide proper equipment for hoisting and lowering sections of pipe into trench without damaging pipe or disturbing prepared foundation and sides of trench. Pipe which is not in alignment or which shows undue settlement after laying, or is damaged, shall be taken up and relaid. D. Multiple installations of corrugated metal pipe and pipe arches shall be laid with the center lines of individual barrels parallel. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, maintain the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes: Diameter Clear Distance Between Pipes Pipe Arch of Pipe Full Circle and Pipe Arch Design No. 18" 1'-2' 2 24" 1'-5" 3 30" 1'-8" 4 36" 1'41" 5 42" 2'-2' 6 48" 2'-5' 7 54" 2'-10" 8 60"-84" 3'-2" 9 90"-120" 3'-5" 10 & Over ;t t. E Where extensions are attached to existing structures, install a proper connection between structure and existing as indicated on Drawings, coat the connection with bituminous material when required. • 4/00 02630-8 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS F When existing headwalls and aprons are indicated for reuse on the Drawings, sever portion to be reused from the existing culvert, and relocate to prepared position. Damaged headwalls, aprons or pipes attached to the headwall, shall be restored to their original condition. 3.04 JOINTING A. Field joints shall maintain pipe alignment during construction and prevent infiltration of side material. B. Coupling bands shall lap equally on pipes being connected to form a tightly -closed joint. C. Use con-ugated locking bands to field join pipes furnished with circumferential corrugations including pipe with helical corrugations having reformed circumferential corrugations on ends. Fit locking bands into a minimum of one full circumferential corrugation of pipe ends being coupled. 3.05 CONCRETE PIPE INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with the drawings and pipe manufacturer's recommendations and as specified in this Section. B. Install pipe only after excavation is completed, the bottom of the trench shaped, bedding material is installed, and the trench has been approved by the Engineer. Install pipe to the line and grade indicated. Place pipe so that it has continuous bearing of barrel on bedding material and is laid in the trench so the interior surfaces of the pipe follow the grades and alignments indicated. D. Install pipe with the spigot ends toward the direction of flow. E Form a concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe so as to prevent offsets. F Place and drive home newly laid sections with come -a -long winches so as to eliminate damage to sections. Use of back hoes or similar powered equipment will not be allowed unless protective measures are provided and approved in advance by the Engineer. G. Keep the interior of pipe clean as the installation progresses. Where cleaning after laying the pipe is difficult because of small pipe size, use a suitable swab or drag in the pipe and pull it forward past each joint immediately after the joint has been completed. H. Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection. I. When work is not in progress, cover the exposed ends of pipes with an approved plug to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe. 4/00 02630-9 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 3.06 PIPE INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN CUT A. For installation of pipe by augering, boring, or jacking pipe, conform to requirements of Section 02415 - Pipe and Casing Augering 3.07 CONNECTIONS A. Connect inlet leads to the inlets as shown on the Drawings. Use non -shrink grout jointing material as shown on the Drawing or as approved. Make connections water tight 3.08 FINISHES A. Cut off inlet leads neatly at the inside face of inlet wall. Point up with mortar or field galvenizing. B. When the box section of the inlet has been completed, shape the floor of the inlet with mortar to conform to the detailed Drawings. C. Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with requirements of Section 03300. 3.09 BACKFILL AND SITE CLEANUP A. Backfill the trench only after pipe installation is approved by the Engineer. B. Bed pipes with materials conforming to requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities and as indicated on Drawings. C. Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. D. Repair and replace removed or damaged pavement and sidewalks as specified in Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing.,, E In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope to natural grade as indicated on the Drawings. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil and seed according to requirements of Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding. Conform to requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION 4/00 02630-10 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST CONCRETE INLETS, PROJECT MANUAL HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS SECTION 02631 PRECAST CONCRETE INLETS, HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Precast concrete inlets for storm or sanitary sewers, including cast iron frame and plate or grate. B. Precast concrete headwalls and wingwalls for storm sewers. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for normal depth inlets is on a lump sum basis for each inlet installed. B. Measurement for extra depth inlets is on a vertical foot basis for each foot in excess of normal depth and paid only when extra depth is specified. C. Measurement for headwalls and wingwalls is on a lump sum basis for each headwall and wingwall installed. D. Payment for inlets and for culvert headwalls and wingwalls includes connection of lines and furnishing and installing frames, grates, rings and covers. • E Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Normal Depth Type A, Type B, Type C and Type E Inlets: Depth of 2.25 feet or less (2'-3") plus pipe inside diameter when measured from gratmg, bottom of gutter, or throat to flow line of inlet lead. B. Normal Depth Type BB Inlet: Depth of 2.55 feet (2'-6-5/8") plus pipe inside diameter when measured from curb beam to flow line of inlet lead. C. Extra Depth Inlet: Specified depth exceeding normal depth for the type inlet used. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. 4/00 02631-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST CONCRETE INLETS, PROJECT MANUAL HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS B. Submit shop drawings for approval of design and construction details for precast concrete inlets, headwalls and wingwalls. Precast units differing from the standard designs shown on the Drawings will be rejected unless submittals are made and approved. Submittals must clearly show that the proposed substitution is equal or superior in every respect to the standard designs. C. Submit manufacturers' data and details for frames, grates, rings, and covers. 1.05 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT A. Store precast units on level blocking. Do not place loads on them until design strength is reached. Shipment of acceptable units may be made when the 28 day strength requirements have been met. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS • A. Concrete: Concrete for precast machine -made units meeting requirements of ASTM C76 regarding reinforced concrete, cement, aggregate, mixture, and concrete test. Minimum 28-day compressive strength shall be 4,000 psi. B. Reinforcing steel: Conform to requirements. of Section 03300. Place reinforcing steel to conform to details shown on Drawings and as follows: 1. Provide a positive means for holding steel cages in place throughout production of concrete units. 1'he maximum variation m reinforcement position is plus or minus 10 percent of wall thickness or plus or minus 1/2 inch whichever is less. Regardless of variation the minimum cover of concrete over reinforcement as shown on the Drawings shall be maintained. 2. Welding of reinforcing steel is not permitted unless noted on the Drawings. C. Mortar: Confoiiu to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using portland cement. D. Miscellaneous metal: Cast-iron frames and plates confouning to requirements of Section 02542. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tolerances: Allowable casting tolerances for concrete units are plus or minus 1/4 inch from dimensions shown on the Drawings. Concrete thickness in excess of that required will not constitute cause for rejection provided that such excess thickness does not interfere with proper jointing operations. B. Precast Unit Identification: Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer clearly on the inside of inlet, headwall or wingwall. 4/00 02631-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST CONCRETE INLETS, PROJECT MANUAL HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS C. Rejection: Precast units may be rejected for non-confoiinity with these specifications and for any of the following reasons: 1. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint. 2. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. 3. Damaged or misshaped ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. D. Replacement: Immediately remove rejected units from the work site and replace with acceptable units. E Repairs: Occasional imperfections resulting from manufacture or accidental damage may be repaired if, in the opinion of the Engineer, repaired units conform with requirements of these specifications. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines and grades are correct. B. Verify compacted subgrade will support loads imposed by inlets. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install inlets, headwalls, and wingwalls complete in place to the dimensions, lines and grades as shown on the Drawings. B. Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02318. C. Bed precast concrete units on cement stabilized sand on foundations of firm, stable material accurately shaped to conform to the shape of unit bases. D. Provide adequate means to lift and place concrete units. 3.03 FINISHES A. Use a cement -sand mortar mix to seal Joints, fill lifting holes, and as otherwise required. B. When the box section of the inlet has been completed, shape the floor of the inlet with mortar to conform to Drawings details. C. Accurately adjust cast iron inlet plate frames to line, grade, and slope. Grout frame in place with mortar. 4/00 02631-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST CONCRETE INLETS, PROJECT MANUAL HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS 3.04 INLET WATERTIGHTNESS A. Test each inlet for leaks. Verify that inlets are free of visible leaks. Repair leaks in an approved manner. 3.05 CONNECTIONS A. Connect inlet leads to the inlets as shown on the Drawings. Use non -shrink jointing material as shown on the Drawing or as approved. Make connections water tight. 3.06 BACKFILL A. Backfill the area of excavation surrounding each completed inlet, headwall or wingwall according to the requirements of Section 02318. END OF SECTION 4/00 02631-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE INLETS, HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS SECTION 02632 CAST -IN -PLACE INLETS, HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast -in -place inlets for storm or sanitary sewers, including cast iron frame and plate or grate. B. Cast -in -place headwalls and wingwalls for storm sewers. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for nonnal depth inlets is on a lump sum basis for each inlet installed. B. Measurement for extra depth inlets is on a vertical foot basis for each foot in excess of normal depth. C. Unless otherwise listed in Bid Schedule, measurement for headwalls and wingwalls is on a lump sum basis for each headwall and wingwall installed. D. Payment for inlets and for culvert headwalls and wingwalls includes connection of lines and furnishing and installing frames, grates, rings and covers. E Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Normal Depth Type A, Type B, Type C and Type E Inlets: Depth of 2 25 feet or less (2 -3") plus pipe inside diameter when measured from grating, bottom of gutter, or throat to flow line of inlet lead. B. Normal Depth Type BB Inlet: Depth of 2.55 feet (2'-6-5/8") plus pipe inside diameter when measured from curb beam to flow line of inlet lead. C. Extra Depth Inlet: Specified depth exceeding normal depth for the type inlet used. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit shop drawings for approval of design and construction details for cast -in -place units which differ from units shown on Drawings. 4/00 02632-1 CITY OF PEARLAND 'CAST -IN -PLACE INLETS, HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS C. Submit manufacturers' data and details for frames, grates, rings, and covers. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete: Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi conforming to requirements of Section 03300, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or approved by the Engineer. B. Reinforcing steel: Conform to requirements of Section 03300. C. Mortar: Confoinn to requirements of ASTM C270, Type S using portland cement. D. Miscellaneous metals: Cast-iron frames, grates, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of Section 02603. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines and grades are correct. B. Verify compacted subgrade will support loads imposed by inlets. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Construct inlets, headwalls, and wingwalls complete in place to the dimensions, lines and grades as shown on Drawings B. Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02318. C. The box section of inlet may be constructed of Class A concrete. D. Forms will be required for both the outside and inside faces of concrete inlet walls, however, if the nature of the material excavated for the inlet is such that it can be hand trimmed to a smooth vertical face, the outside forms may be omitted with approval of the Engineer. E Place reinforcing steel to conform to details shown on the Drawings. Provide a positive means for holding steel cages in place during concrete placement. Welding of reinforcing steel is not permitted unless noted on the Drawings The maximum variation in reinforcement position is plus or minus 10 percent of wall thickness or plus or minus 1/2 inch whichever is less. Regardless of variation, the minimum cover of concrete over reinforcement. as shown on the Drawingsshall be maintained. 4/00 02632-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE INLETS, HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS F. Chamfer exposed edges unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 3.03 FINISHES A. Cut off inlet leads neatly at the inside face of inlet wall. Point up with mortar. B. When the box section of the inlet has been completed, shape the floor of the inlet with mortar to conform to the detailed Drawings. C. Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with requirements of Section 03300. 3.04 INLET WATERTIGHNESS A. Verify that inlets are free of visible leaks. Repair leaks in an approved manner. 3.05 BACKFILL A. Backfill the area of excavation surrounding each completed inlet according to the requirements of Section 02318. END OF SECTION 4/00 02632-3 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS AND VALVE BOXES TO GRADE SECTION 02633 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES TO GRADE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES • Adjusting elevation of manholes, inlets, and valve boxes to new grades. 1.02 UNIT PRICES Measurement for adjusting utility structures to grade is on a lump sum basis for: A. Adjusting manholes. B. Adjusting inlets. C. Adjusting valve boxes. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. For cast in place concrete, refer. to Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete B. For precast concrete manhole sections and adjustment rings, refer to Section 02542 - Concrete Manholes and Accessories C. For mortar mix, conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using PortlandCement. 2.02 CAST IRON ADJUSTING RINGS For cast iron adjusting rings, refer to Section.02542. • 2.03 PIPING MATERIALS For riser pipes -and fittings, refer to applicable piping materials specifications in Sections 02542. 4/00 02633-1 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS AND VALVE BOXES TO GRADE 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Examine existing structure, valve box frame and cover or inlet box, frame and cover or inlet, and piping and connections for damage or defects that would affect adjustment to grade. Report such damage or defects to the Engineer. 3.02 ESTABLISHING GRADE Coordinate grade related items with existing grade and finished grade or paving, and relate to established bench mark or reference line. 3.03 ADJUSTING MANHOLES AND INLETS A. Elevation of manhole or inlet can be raised using precast concrete rings or metal adjusting rings. Use of brick for adjustment to grade is prohibited Elevation of manhole or inlet can be lowered by removing existing masonry, adjusting rings or the top section of the barrel below the new elevation and then rebuilding or raising the elevation to the proper height. B. Grout inside and outside adjusting ring joints. C. Salvage and reuse cast iron frame and cover or grate. D. Protect or block off manhole or inlet bottom using wood forms shaped to fit so that no debris or soil falls to the bottom during adjustment. E. Set the cast iron frame for the manhole cover or grate in a full mortar bed and adjust to the established elevation. In streets, adjust covers to be 3/8 inch below pavement. F. Verify that manholes and inlets are free of visible leaks as a result of reconstruction. Repair leaks in a manner subject to the Engineer s approval. 3.04 ADJUSTING VALVE BOXES A. If usable, salvage and reuse valve box and surrounding concrete block. B. Remove and replace 6-inch ductile iron riser pipe with suitable length for depth of cover required to establish the adjusted elevation to accommodate actual finish grade. C. Reinstall in -kind adjustable valve box and riser piping plumbed in vertical position. Provide minimum 6 inches telescoping freeboard space between riser 4/00 02633-2 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS AND VALVE BOXES TO GRADE pipe top butt end and interior contact flange of valve box for vertical movement damping. D. After valve box has been set, aligned, and adjusted so that top lid is level with final grade, pour a 24-inch by 24-inch by 8-inch thick concrete pad around valve box. Center valve box horizontally within concrete slab. 3.05 BACKFILL AND GRADING A. Backfill the area of excavation surrounding each adjusted manhole, inlet, and valve box and compact according to requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Grade the ground surface to drain away from each manhole and valve box. Place earth fill around manholes to the level of the upper rim of the manhole frame. Place earth fill around the valve box concrete block. C. In unpaved areas, grade surface at a uniform slope of 1 to 5 from the manhole frame to natural grade. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil conforming to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil and seed in accordance with Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding. END OF SECTION 4/00 02633-3 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 02710 BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Base course of crushed stone, recycled crushed concrete base, cement stabilized crushed stone, cement stabilized bankrun gravel, recycled crushed stone and hot mix asphalt base course. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for base course is on a square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of base course. B. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 Submittals. B. Submit samples of crushed stone, gravel, crushed concrete and soil binder for testing. C. Submit weight tickets, certified by supplier, with each bulk delivery of cement to work site. D. Submit manufacturer s description and. characteristics for pug mill and associated equipment, spreading machine, and compaction equipment for approval. E. Submit manufacturing description and characteristics of spreading and finishing machine for approval. 1.04 TESTS Tests and analysis of soil materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM C131, ASTM D1557, ASTM D4318, Tex-101-E, and Tex-110-E under provisions of Section.. 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. 4/00 02710-1 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Stockpiles shall be made up of layers of processed aggregate materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CRUSHED STONE FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE A. Crushed Stone: Material retained on the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements: 1. Durable particles of crusher -run broken limestone, sandstone, gravel or granite obtained from an approved source. 2. Los Angeles abrasion test percent of wear not to exceed 40. when -tested in accordance with ASTM C131. B. Soil Binder: Material passing the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318: 1. Maximum Liquid Limit: 40. 2. Maximum Plasticity Index: 12. 3. Maximum Lineal Shrinkage. 7 (when calculated from volumetric shrinkage at liquid limit). C. Mixed Materials shall meet the following requirements: 1. Minimum compressive strength of 35 psi at 0 psi lateral pressure and 175 psi at 15 psi lateral pressure using triaxial testing procedures. 2. Grading in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following limits: Sieve Percent Retained 1-3/4 inch 0 to 10 No. 4 45 to 75 No. 40 60 to 85 2.02 CEMENT STABILIZED BASE COURSE A. Cement: ASTM C150 Type I; bulk or sacked. B. Water: Clean; clear; and free from oil, acids, alkali, or vegetable matter. 4/00 02710-2 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT C. Crushed Stone: material retained on the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements: 1. Durable particles of crusher -run broken limestone obtained from an approved source. 2. Los Angeles abrasion test percent of wear not to exceed 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. D. Gravel: Durable particles of bankrun gravel or processed material. E Soil Binder: Material passing the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318: 1. Maximum Liquid limit: 35. 2. Maximum Plasticity index: 10. F. 'Mixed aggregate and soil binder shall meet the following requirements: 1. Grading in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110=E within the following limits: Sieve Percent Retained Crushed Stone Processed GR. 1 Gravel GR. 2 1-3/4inch Oto 10 Oto 5 - 1/2 inch - - 0 No. 4 45 to 75 30 to 75 15 to 35 No. 40 55 to 80 60 to 85 55 to 85 Bankrun Gravel Oto"5. 30to75 65 to 85 2. Obtainpriorpermission from Engineerfor use of additives to meet above requirements. G Cut back asphalt: MC30 conforming to requirements of Section 02742. H. Emulsified petroleum resin EPR-1 Prime conforming to requirements of Section 02742. I. Design mix for minimum average compressive strength of 200 psi at 48 hours using Tex-120-E unconfined compressive" strength testing. procedures. Provide minimum cement content of 1-1/2 sacks, weighing.94 pounds each, per ton of mix. 4/00 02710-3 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT J. Increase cement content if average compressive strength of tests on field samples fall below 200 psi. Refer to Part 3 concerning field samples and tests. K. Mix in stationary pug mill equipped with feeding and metering devices which shall add specified quantities of base material, cement, and water into mixer. Dry mix base material and cement sufficiently to prevent cement balls from forming when water is added. L Resulting mixture shall be homogeneous and uniform in appearance. 2.03 CEMENT -STABILIZED RECYCLED CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE (RCCB) COURSE A. System Description: Provide RCCB with following performance: 1. Minimum 5 percent cement. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength: 650 psi at 7 days following TxDOT Tex-120-E. 3. Prepare concrete product in an on- or off -site pug mill, or in an on- or off -site portable concrete mixer. B. Preliminary Design: 1. Prepare preliminary mix for 4 cement ratios; 5, 6, 7 and 8 percent. 2. Designate source of concrete for crushing. Follow Section 01450 for tests of concrete from source. 3. Results of compression tests will be used by Engineer to select the final mix design. C. Cement: ASTM C150 Type I, II or III; bulk or sacked. D. Water: Potable. E. Aggregate: Recycled Crushed Concrete: Material retained on the No. 40 Sieve, and durable coarse particles of crusher -run reclaimed. cured Portland. cement concrete, obtained from an approved source. Organic material is prohibited. F. Soil Binder (classified below): Meeting the following requirements when tested following TxDOT Tex-106-E* 1. Maximum Liquid Limit: 35 2. Maximum Plasticity Index: 10 G. Mixed Aggregate and Soil Binder: Grading following Tex-101-E and Tex-110- E within the following limits: 4/00 . 02710-4 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT Sieve Percent Crushed Concrete Retained I-3/4 inch 0 to 10 No. 4 45 to 75 No. 40 55 to 80; classified as "Soil Binder." 1. Obtain prior permission from Engineer for use of additives to meet above requirements. H. Asphaltic Seal Cure: 1. Use following as Contractor's option to curing by sprinkling, at no additional cost or time. 2. Cut -back asphalt: MC30 following Section 02742. 3. Emulsified petroleum resin: EPR-1 Prime following Section 02742. Material Mix and Mixing <Equipment: 1. Design mix for minimum compressive strength of 650 psi at 7 days following Tex-120-E unconfined compressive strength 2. Cement Ratio: Follow Paragraph 1.04 A. Increase cement content in one percent steps up to 8 percent maximum if compressive strength of design mix samples and field samples of installed product fail above test. 3. Mix following Paragraph 1.04 A, with metering devices adding specified quantities of crushed concrete, cement, and water into mixer. Dry mix crushed concrete and cement to prevent cement balls from forming when water is added. Produce homogeneous and uniformly mixed product. 2.04 HOT MIX ASPHALT BASE COURSE A. Coarse Aggregate. Gravel or crushed stone, or combination thereof that is retained on No. 10 sieve, uniform in quality throughout and free from dirt, organic, or other injurious matteroccurring either free or as coating on aggregate. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 except for gradation. Furnish rock or gravel with Los Angeles abrasion loss not to exceed 40 percent by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. B. Fine Aggregate: Sand or stone screenings, or combination thereof, passing No. 10 sieve. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 except for gradation. Use sand composed of sound, durable stone particles free from looms or other injurious foreign matter. Furnish screenings of same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate. Plasticity index of that part of fine aggregate passing No. 40 sieve shall be not more than 6 when tested by Tex-106-E Sand equivalent shall have a minimum value of 45 when tested by Tex-203-F. C. Composite Aggregate: Conform to the grading limits of TxDOT Item 340 for the paving type indicated on the Drawings. 4/00 02710-5 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT D. Asphaltic Material: Moisture -free homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347 degrees F, meeting the following. requirements: VISCOSITY GRADE TEST MIN. AC-10 MAX. MIN. AC-20 MAX. Viscosity, 140°F stokes 1000 200 2000 400 ± ± Viscosity, 275°F stokes 1.9 - 2.5 - Penetration, 77°F, 100'g, 5 sec. 85 - 55 - Flash Point, C.E.C., 450 - 450 - F. Solubility in trichloroethylene, percent 99.0 - 99.0 - Tests tests: on residues from thin film oven Viscosity, 140°F stokes . - 3000 - 6000 Ductility, 77°F, 5 cros per cros 70 = 50 min., Spot tests Negative for all grades 1. Material shall not be cracked. 2. Engineer will designate grade of asphalt to use after design tests have been made. Use only one grade of asphalt after grade is determined by test design for project. E Mixing Plant: Weight-batching or drum mix plant with capacity for producing continuously mixtures meeting specifications. Plant shall. have satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate handling equipment, hot aggregate screens and bins, and dust collectors. Provide equipment to supply matenals adequately in accordance with. rated capacity of plant and produce finished material within specified tolerances. Following equipment is essential: 1. Cold aggregate bins and proportioning device 2. Dryer 3. Screens 4. Aggregate weight box and batching scales 5.. Mixer 6. Asphalt storage and heating devices 7. Asphalt measuring devices 8. Truck scales F. Bins: Separate aggregate into minimum of four bins to produce consistently uniform grading and asphalt content in completed mix. 4/00 02710-6 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT G. Mix: Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. Test in accordance with Tex-126-E, Tex-204-F, Tex-208-F, and Tex-227-F. H. Density and Stability Requirements: Percent Density Percent HVEEM StabilityPercent Min. Max. Optimum Not Less Than 95 99 97 35 I. Proportions for Asphaltic Material: As specified in TxDOT Item 340 for the mix type shown on the Drawings. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads. B. Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Do not mix and place cement stabilized base when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising B. Placematerial on prepared subgrade in uniform layers to produce thickness indicated on Drawings. Depth of layers shall not exceed 8 inches. Do not dump material in piles or windrows. C. Spread with approved spreading machine. Conduct spreading so as to eliminate planes of weakness or pockets of nonuniformly graded material resulting from hauling and dumping operations. D. Provide construction joints between new material and stabilized base that has been in place 4 hours or longer. Joints shall be approximately vertical. Form joint with a temporary header or make vertical cut of previous base immediately before placing subsequent base. E Use only one longitudinal joint at center line under main lanes and shoulder. Do not use longitudinal joints under frontage roads and ramps F. Place base so that projecting reinforcing steel from curbs remain at approximate center of base. Secure a firm bond between reinforcement and base. 4/00 02710-7 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT G. Do not place asphaltic base when air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling Base maybe placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40 degrees F and rising H. Haul prepared and heated asphaltic concrete mixture to project in tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign material. Mixture shall be at temperature between 250 degrees F and 325 degrees F when laid. I. Spread material into place with approved mechanical spreading and finishing machine of screening or tamping type. Use track -mounted finish machine to place base course directly on earth subgrade. J. Place base courses 4 inches or greater in thickness in two or more layers, each having compacted thickness of not greater than 4 inches. Spread all lifts. Attain smooth course of uniform density to section, line and grades as indicated on Drawings. K. Place courses as nearly continuously as possible. Pass roller over unprotected ends of freshly laid mixture only when mixture has become cooled. When work is resumed, cut back laid material to produce slightly beveled edge for full thickness of course. Remove old material which has been cut away and lay new mix against fresh cut. L. When new asphalt/concrete is laid against existing asphalt, existing asphalt/concrete shall be saw cut full depth to provide straight smooth joint. M. In restricted areas where use of paver is impractical, spread and finish asphalt by mechanical compactor. Use wood or steel forms, rigidly supported to assure correct grade and cross section. Carefully place materials to avoid segregation of mix. Do not broadcast material. Remove any lumps that do not break down readily. Place asphalt courses in same sequence as if placed by machine. 3.03 COMPACTION A. Start compaction as soon as possible but not more than 60 minutes from start of moist mixing. Compact loose mixture with approved tamping rollers until entire depth is uniformly compacted. Do not allow stabilized base to mix with underlying material. B. Correct irregularities or weak spots immediately by replacing material and recompacting. C. Apply water to maintain moisture between optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture as determined by ASTM D1557. Mix in with a spiked tooth harrow or equal. Reshape surface and lightly scarify to loosen imprints made by equipment. 4/00 02710-8 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT D. Remove and reconstruct sections where average moisture content exceeds ranges specified at time of final compaction. E Finish by blading surface to final grade after compacting final course. Seal with approved pneumatic tired rollers which are sufficiently light to prevent surface hair line cracking. Rework and recompact at areas where hair line cracking develops. F. Compact to minimum density of 95 percent of modified Proctor density at a moisture content of treated material between optimum and 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D1557, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. G. Maintain surface to required lines and grades throughout operation. 3.04 CURING A. Moist cure for minimum of 7 days before adding pavement courses. Restrict traffic on base to local property access. Keep subgrade surface damp by sprinkling. B. If indicated on Drawings, cover base surface with a curing membrane as soon as finishing operation is complete. Apply with approved self-propelled pressure distributer at following rates, or as indicated on Drawings: 1. MC30: 0.1 gallon per square yard. 2. EPR-1 Prime: 0.15 gallon per square yard. C. Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. B. Top surface of base course: Plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. 4/00 02710-9 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT B. At the direction of the Engineer, a minimum of one core will be taken at random locations per 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base to determine in -place depth. C. Contractor may, at his own expense, request additional cores inthe vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in -place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth, place and compactadditional material at no cost to the Owner. D. Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2922 and ASTM 3017 at a random location near each depth determination core. Rework and recompact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no additional cost to the Owner. E Fill cores and density test sections with new compacted cement stabilized base. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Maintain stabilized base in good condition until completionof work. Repair defects immediately by replacing base to full depth. B. Protect the asphalt membrane, if used, from being picked up by traffic. The membrane may remain in place when proposed surface courses or • other base courses are to be applied. 3.08 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A. Recompact pavement sections not meeting specified. densities or replace them with new asphaltic concrete material. Patch asphalt pavement sections in accordance with procedures established by Asphalt Institute. B. Remove and replace areas of asphaltic base found deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent. Use new asphaltic base of thickness shown on Drawings. C. Nonconforming pavement sections shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner. 3.09 UNIT PRICE ADJUSTMENT Unit price adjustments shall be made for insufficient in -place depth determined by cores as follows: A. Adjusted Unit Price shall be reduced by a ratio of average. thickness determined by cores to thickness bid upon, times unit price bid: B. Adjustment shall apply to lower limit of 90 percent of unit price bid. 4/00 02710-10 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT C. Average depth below 90 percent may be rejected by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 4/00 02710-11 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT SECTION 02741 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Surface courses of compacted mixture of coarse and fine aggregates and asphaltic material. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for asphaltic concrete pavement is on square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of pavement. B. Payment for asphaltic concrete pavement includes payment for associated work perfoiuied in accordance with Section 02743. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. D. Refer to paragraph 3.08 for unit price adjustments. 1.03 SUBMITTALS • A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit certificates that asphaltic materials and aggregates meet requirements of Article 2.01, Materials, of this Specification Section. C. Submit proposed design mix and test data for each type and strength of surface course in Work. D. Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics of mixing plant for approval. E Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics of spreading and finishing machine for approval. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Coarse Aggregate. Crushed stone or gravel. or combination thereof, that is retained on No. 10 sieve, uniform in quality throughout and free from dirt, 4/00 02741'-1 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT organic or other injurious matter occurring either free or as coating on aggregate. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 except for gradation. Furnish rock or gravel with Los Angeles abrasion loss not to exceed 40 percent by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. B. Fine Aggregate: Sand or stone screenings or combinationof both passing No. 10 sieve. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 except for gradation. Use sand composed of sound, durable stone particles free from loams or other injurious foreign matter. Furnish screenings of same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate. Plasticity index of that part of fine aggregate passing No. 40 sieve shall be not more than 6 when tested by Tex-106-E .Sand equivalent shall have a minimum value of 45 when tested by Tex-203-F. C. Composite Aggregate: Conform to the grading limits of TxDOT Item 340 for the paving type indicated on the drawings. D. Asphaltic Material: Moisture -free homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347 degrees F, meeting following requirements: AC-10 AC-20 Test Min. Max. Min. Max. Viscosity, stokes 140° 1000 +.200 2000 400 + Viscosity, stokes 275° 1.9 - 2.5 - Penetration, g 5 sec. 77°, 100 85 • = 55 - Flash Point, C.O.C., 450 - 450 - F. Solubility trichloroethylene, percent in 99.0 - 99.0 _ - from tests: thin on residues film oven Tests stokes Viscosity, 140° - 3000 - 6000 ems Ductility, per 77°, 5 cms 70 - 50 . - min., Spot tests Negative grades for all 1. Material shall not be cracked. 2. The Engineer will designate grade of asphalt to use after design tests have been made. Use. only one grade of asphalt after grade is determined by test design for project. 4/00 02741-2 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Mixing Plant: Weight-batching or drum mix plant with capacity for producing continuously mixtures meeting specifications Plant shall have satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate handling equipment, hot aggregate screens and bins and dust collectors. Provide equipment to supply materials adequately in accordance with rated capacity of plant and produce finished material within specified tolerances. Following equipment is essential: 1. Cold aggregate bins and proportioning device. 2. Dryer. 3. Screens. 4. Aggregate weight box and hatching scales. 5. Mixer. 6. Asphalt storage and heating devices. 7. Asphalt measuring devices. 8. Truck scales. B. Bins: Separate aggregate into minimum of four bins to produce consistently uniform grading and asphalt content in completed mix. 2.03 MIXES A Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. Test in accordance with Tex-126-E or Tex-204-F and Tex-208-F. B. Density and Stability Requirements: Percent Density Percent Min. Max. Optimum 95 99 HVEEM Stability Percent Not Less Than 97 35 C. Proportions for Asphaltic Material: As specified in TxDOT Item340 for the paving type shown on the Drawings. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted base course is ready to support imposed loads. B. Verify lines and grades are correct. 4/00 02741-3 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prime Coat If indicated on the Drawings, apply a prime coat conforming to requirements of Section 02742. Do not apply a tack coat until primed base has cured to satisfaction of the Engineer. B. Tack Coat. Conformto requirements of Section 02743. Where the mixture will adhere to the surface on which it is to be placed without use of a tack coat, tack coat may be eliminated if approved by the Engineer. C. Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15. 3.03 PLACEMENT A. Do not place asphaltic mixture in rain or when. air temperature is below30 degrees F and falling. Mixture may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40 degrees F and rising. B. Haul prepared and heated asphaltic concrete mixture to .the project in tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign material. Mixture shall be at temperature between 250 degrees F and 325 degrees F when laid. C. Spread material into place with approved mechanical spreading and finishing machine of screening or tamping type. Use track -mounted finish machine to place base course directly on earth subgrade. D. Surface Course Material: Surface course 2 inches or less in thickness may be spread in one lift. Spread all lifts in such manner that, when compacted, finishedcourse will be smooth, of uniform density, and will be to section, line and gradeas shown. Coincide construction joints on surface courses with lime lines, or as directed by the Engineer. E. Place courses as nearly continuously as possible. Pass roller over unprotected ends of freshly laid mixture only when mixture has cooled. When work is resumed, cut back laid material to produce slightly beveled edge for full thickness of course. Remove old material which has been cut away and lay new mix against fresh cut. F. When new asphalt is laid against existing or old asphalt mat, existing or old asphalt shall be saw cut full depth to provide straight smooth joint. G. In restricted areas where use of paver is impractical, spread and finish asphalt by mechanical compactor. Use wood or steel forms, ngidlysupported to assure correct grade and cross section. Carefully place materials to avoid segregation of mix. Do not broadcast material. Remove any lumps that do not break down readily. Place asphalt courses in same sequence as if placed by machine. 4/00 02741-4 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC .CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.04 COMPACTION A. Begin rolling while pavement is still hot and as soon as it will bear roller without undue displacement or hair cracking. Keep wheels properly moistened with water to prevent adhesion of surface mixture. Do not use excessive water. B. Compress surface thoroughly and uniformly, first with power -driven, 3-wheel, or tandem rollers weighing from 8 to 10 tons. Obtain subsequent compression by starting at side and rolling longitudinally toward center of pavement, overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half width of rear wheels. Make alternate trips slightly different in length. Continue rolling until no further compression can be obtained and all rolling marks are eliminated. Complete all rolling before mixture temperature drops below 175 degrees F. C. Use tandem roller for final rolling. Double coverage with approved pneumatic roller on asphaltic concrete surface is acceptable afterflat wheel and tandem rolling has been completed. D. Along walls, curbs, headers and similar structures, and in all locations not accessible to rollers, compact mixture thoroughly with lightly oiled tamps. E Compact binder course and surface course to density not less than 93 percent of the maximum possible density of voidless mixture composed of same materials in like proportions. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Furnish templates for checking surface in finished sections. Maximum deflection of templates, when supported at center, shall not exceed 1/8 inch. B. Completed surface, when tested with 10-foot straightedge laid parallel to center line of pavement, shall show no deviation in excess of 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Correct any surface not meeting this requirement. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. At the direction of the Engineer, minimum of one core may be taken at random locations per 1,000 feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of asphalt concrete pavement to determine in -place depth and density. C. In -place density will be determined in accordance with Tex-207-F and Tex-227- F from cores or sections of asphaltic base located near each core. Other 4/00 02741-5 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT methods of determining in place density, which correlate satisfactorily with results obtained from roadway specimens, may be used :when approved by the Engineer. D. Contractor may, at his own expense, request three additional cores in vicinity of cores indicating nonconfoiming in -place depths. In -place depth at these locations shall be average depth of four cores. E Fill cores and, density test sections with new compacted asphaltic concrete pavement. 3.07 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A. Recompact pavement sections not meeting specified densities or replace them with new asphaltic concrete material. Replace with new material sections of surface course pavement not meeting surface test requirements or having unacceptable surface texture. Patch asphalt pavement sections in accordance with procedures established by Asphalt Institute. B Remove and replace areas of asphaltic concrete pavement found deficient in thickness by more than.10 percent. Use new asphaltic concrete pavement of thickness shown on Drawings. C. Nonconforming pavement sections shall be replaced at no cost to Owner. 3.08 UNIT PRICE ADJUSTMENT Unit price adjustments shall be made for deficient in -place depth determined by cores as follows: A. Reduced Unit Price shall be ratio of average thickness as determined by cores to thickness bid upon, .times unit .price bid. B. Adjustment shall apply to lower limit of 90 percent and upper limit of 105 percent of unit price bid. C. Average depth below 90 percent may be rejected by the Engineer. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Do not open pavement to traffic until 12 hours after completion of rolling, or as shown on Drawings. B. Maintain asphaltic concrete pavement in good condition until completion of Work. 4/00 02741-6 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT C. Repair defects immediately by replacing asphaltic concrete pavement to full depth. END OF SECTION 4/00 02741-7 CITY OF PEARLAND PRIME COAT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 02742 PRIME COAT Prime coat for asphaltic concrete paving 1.02 UNIT PRICES Measurement for Prime Coat is on a square yard basis. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit product data for proposed prime coat. C. Submit report of recent calibration of distributor. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CUTBACK ASPHALT Provide moisture -free homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347 degrees F and which meets following. requirements: A. Asphalt material for prime coat shall be MC-30 or MC-70 and shall meet following requirements: Type -Grade MC-30 MC-70 Properties Mm. Max. Min. Max. Water, percent --- 0.2 0 2 Flash Point, T.O.C., °F 100 100 -- Kinematic Viscosity at 140°F, cst 30 60 70 140 B. Distillate shall be as follows, expressed as percent by volume of total distillate to 680 degrees F: MC-30 MC-70 Min. Max. Min. Max. to 437°F 25 20 to 500°F 40 70 20 60 to 600°F 75 93 5 90 4/00 02742-1 CITY OF PEARLAN Residue from 680°F Distillation, Volume, percent PRIME COAT C. Tests on Distillation Residue: Penetration at 77°F, 100g, 5 sec. Ductility at 77°F, 5 cm/min. cms Solubility in trichloroethylene, % Spot Test MC-30 Min. Max. 50 MC-70 Min. Max. 55 MC-30 MC-70 Min. Max. Min. Max. 120 250 100* 99 --- All Negative 120 250 100* 99 * If penetration of residue is more than 200 and ductility at.77 degrees F is less than 100 cm, material will be acceptable if its ductility at 60 degrees F is more than 100. 2.02 EMULSIFIED PETROLEUM RESIN A. EPR-1 Prime. Slow curing emulsion of petroleum resin and asphalt cement conforming to the following requirements: MAX MIN PROPERTIES 14 40 Fural Viscosity at 77 F, sec 60 - Residue by Evaporation, % by weight Sieve Test, % - 0.1 Positive Particle Charge Test Tests on the Distilation Residue: Flash Point, COC (F) 400 190 350 Kinematic Viscosity @ 140 F (cSt) B. For use, EPR-1 may be diluted with water up to a maximum of threeparts water to one part EPR-1 in order to achieve the desired concentration of residual resin/asphalt and facilitate application. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify base is ready to support imposed loads. 4/00 02742-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PRIME COAT B. Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean base course surface of loose material by brooming prior to application of prime coat. B. Prepare sufficient base in advance of paving for efficient operations. 3.03 APPLICATION, GENERAL A. Apply prime coat with approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor. Distribute prime coat evenly and smoothly under pressure necessary for proper distribution. B. Keep all storage tanks, piping retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in handling asphaltic materials clean and in good operating conditions. Conduct operations so that asphaltic material doesnot become contaminated. C. If yield of asphaltic material appears to be in error, recalibrate distributor prior to continuing Work. D. Maintain the surface until Work is accepted by Owner. 3.04 APPLICATION, CUTBACK ASPHALT A. Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15. B. Do not place prime coat in rain or when air temperature is below 60 degrees F and falling. Materials may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 50 degrees F and rising. _ C. Distribute at rate of 0.25 to 0.35 gallons per square yard. D. Provide all necessary facilities for determining temperature of asphaltic material in all heating equipment and in distributor, for determining rate of application, and for obtaining uniformity at junction of two distributor loads Provide and maintain in good working order, recording thermometer at storage heating unit at all times. E Temperature of application shall be based on temperature -viscosity relationship that will permit application of asphalt with viscosity of 100 to 125 centistokes. Maintain asphalt within 15 degrees F of temperature required to meet viscosity. Selected temperature shall be within following range. 4/00 02742-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRIME COAT Prime Coat Type Minimum (°F) Maximum (°F) MC-30 70 150 MC-70 125 175 F. Do not allow temperature of MC-30 to exceed 175 degrees F at any time. G. Do not allow temperature of MC-70 to exceed 200 degrees F at any time. 3.05 APPLICATION, EMULSIFIED PETROLEUM RESIN A. Do not place prime coat in rain or when air temperature is below 36 degrees F and falling. B. Distribute at rate of 0.15 to 0.25 gallons per square yard. 3.06 PROTECTION No traffic or placing of subsequent courses shall be permitted overfreshly applied prime coat until authorized by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 4/00 02742-4 CITY OF P tH ARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT SECTION 02751 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Portland Cement Concrete Paving for Concrete Streets, Driveways and Sidewalks; Joints and Cuiing Materials. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for concrete paving is on square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of pavement. B. Measurement for concrete sidewalks is on square foot basis. C. Measurement for concrete driveways is on square yard basis. D. No separate payment will be made for concrete joints under this Section. Include payment in unit price for Section 02751 - Concrete: Paving. E No separate payment will be made for formed or sawed street pavement contraction joints and longitudinal weakened plane joints. Include payment in unit price for Concrete Paving. F. No separate payment will be made for joints for Curb, Curb and Gutter; Concrete Sidewalks; and Concrete Driveways Include payment in unit price for Curb and Gutter; Concrete Sidewalks; and Concrete Driveways. G. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work Include proportions and actual flexural strength obtained from design mixes at required test ages. C. Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for mixing equipment, and for traveling form paver, if proposed for use, for approval. 4/00 02751-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT D. Submit manufacturer's certificates giving properties of reinforcing steel. Provide specimens for testing when required by the Engineer. E. Submit product data for joint sealing compound and proposed sealing equipment for approval. F. Submit samples of dowel cup, metal supports, and deformed metal strip for approval. 1.04 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Do not mix different classes of aggregate without written permission of the Engineer. B. Class of aggregate being used may be changed before or during Work with written permission of the Engineer. New class shall comply with specifications. C. Segregated aggregate will be rejected. Before using aggregate whose particles are separated by size, mix them uniformly to grading requirements. D. Aggregates mixed with dirt, weeds or foreign matter will be rejected. E Do not dump or store aggregate in roadbed. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: 1. Sample and test cement to verify compliance with Standards of ASTM C150, Type I or Type Itl. 2. Bulk cement which meets referenced standards may be used if the method of handling is approved by the Engineer. When using bulk cement, provide satisfactory weighing devices. 3. Fly ash which meets standards of ASTM C618 may be used as mineral fill if the method of handling is approved by the Engineer. Water: Confoiui to requirements for water in ASTM C94. C. Coarse Aggregate: Gravel or crushed stone, or combination thereof, which is clean, hard, durable, conforms to requirements of ASTM C33, and has abrasion loss not more than 45 percent by weight when subjected to Los Angeles Abrasion Test (ASTM C131). No pit run gravel will be allowed. 1. Maximum percentage by weight of deleterious substances shall not exceed following values: 4/00 02751-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT Percent by Weight of Total Item Sample Maximum Clay lumps and friable particles 3.0 Material finer than 75-µm (No. 200) sieve: Conciete subject to abrasion 3.0* All Other concrete 5.0* Coal and lignite: Where surface appearance of concrete is of importance 0.5 All other concrete 1.0 * In case of manufactured sand, if material finer than 75-µm (No. 200) sieve consists of dust of fracture, essentially free from clay or shale, these limits may be increased to 5 and 7 percent, respectively. 2. Coarse aggregate (size 1-1/2 inch to No. 4 sieve) shall conform to requirements of ASTM C33. Gradation shall be within following limits when graded in accordance with ASTM C136: Sieve Designation (Square Openings) Retained on 1-3/4" sieve Retained on 1-1/2"sieve Retained on 3/4" sieve Retained on 3/8" sieve Retained on No. 4 sieve Loss by Decantation Test *Method Tex-406-A Percentage by Weight 0 O to 5 30 to 65 70 to 90 95 to 100. 1.0 maximum In case of aggregates made primarily from crushing of stone, if material finer than 200 sieve is dust of fracture essentially free from clay or shale as established by Part III of Tex-406-A, percent maybe increased to 1.5. D. Fine Aggregate: Sand, manufactured sand, or combination thereof, composed of clean, hard, durable, uncoated grains, free from loams or other injurious foreign matter. Fine aggregate for concrete shall conform to requirements of ASTM C33. Gradation shall be within following limits when graded in accordance with ASTM C136: Sieve Designation (Square Openings) Retained on 3/8" sieve Retained on No. 4 sieve Retained on No. 8 sieve Retained on No. 16 sieve Retained on No. 30 sieve Percentage by Weight 0 O.to 5 O to 20 15 to 50 35 to 75 4/00 02751-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT Retained on No. 50 sieve Retained on No. 100 sieve Retained on No. 200 sieve 65 to 90 90 to 100 97 to 100 1. When subjected to color test for organic impurities (ASTM C40) fine aggregate shall not show color darker than standard color. Fine aggregate shall be subjected to Sand Equivalent Test (Tex-203-F). Sand equivalent value shall not be less than 80, unless higher value is shown on Drawings. E Mineral Filler: Class C fly ash of acceptable quality and meeting requirements of ASTM C618 may be used as mineral admixture in concrete mixture. When fly ash mineral filler is used, it shall be stored and inspected in accordance with ASTM C618 Fly ash shall not be used in amounts to exceed 30 percent by absolute volume of cementitious material in mix design. Cement content may be reduced if strength requirements can be met. Note: When fly ash is used, the term "cement" is defined as cement plus fly ash. F. Air Entraining Agent: Furnish an air entraining agent conforming to requirements of ASTM C260. G. Water Reducer: Water reducing admixture conforming to requirements of ASTM C494 may be used if required to improve the workability of concrete. Amount and type of such admixture shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. H. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Provide new billet steel manufactured by open hearth process and conforming to ASTM A615 Grade 60. Store steel to protect it from mechanical injury and rust. At time of placement, steel shall be free from dirt, scale, rust, paint, oil or other injurious materials. 2. Cold bend reinforcing steel to shapes shown. Once steel has been bent, it may not be rebent. 2.02 CONCRETE JOINTS A. When allowed on the Drawings, or with approval of the Engineer, Board Expansion Joint Material may be used Filler board of selected stock. Use wood of density and type as follows: 1. Clear, all -heart cypress weighing no more than 40 pounds per cubic foot, after being oven dried to constant weight. 2. Clear, all -heart redwood weighing no more than 30 pounds per cubic foot, after being oven dried to constant weight 3. Use wood only when part of a load transmission device assembly. 4/00 02751-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT B. Unless specified otherwise, use Preformed Expansion Joint Material: Bituminous fiber and bituminous mastic composition material conforming to ASTM D994 and ASTM D1751. C. Joint Sealing Compound: 1. Hot poured rubber -asphalt compound meeting the requirements of ASTM D3405. 2. When indicated on Drawings, self -leveling Low Modulas Silicone sealant single component meeting the requirements of TxDOT Specification 433.2, Class 5. Load Transmission Devices: 1. Smooth, steel dowel bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. When indicated on Drawings, encase one end of dowel bar in approved cap having inside diameter 1/16 inch greater than diameter of dowel bar. 2. Deformed steel tie bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. E Metal Supports for Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembly: Employ metal supports of approved shape and size that will secure reinforcing steel and joint assembly in correct position during placing and finishing of concrete. Space supports as directed by the Engineer. 2.03 EQUIPMENT A. Equipment: Conform to requirements of ASTM C94. 2.04 MIXING A. Employ and pay certified testing laboratory;toprepare mix designs. Flexural strength shall be as specified using test specimens prepared in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C78 (using simple beam with third -point loading). Contractor shall determine and measure batch quantity of each ingredient including all water for batch designs and all concrete produced for Work. Mix shall conform to these specifications and other requirements indicated on Drawings. B. Mix design to produce concrete which will have flexural strength of 500 psi at 7 days and 600 psi at 28 days. When high -early -strength cement is used, it shall reach at least 550 psi at 7 days and 600 psi at 28 days. Slump of concrete shall be at least 1 inch, but no more than 4 inches, when tested in accordance with ASTM C143. 1. Concrete pavement shall contain at least 5-1/2 sacks (94 pounds per sack) of cement per cubic yard, with not more than 6.5 gallons of water, net, per sack of cement (water cement ratio maximum 0.57). Cement content shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C138. Addition of mineral filler may be used to improve workability or plasticity of concrete to limits specified 4/00 02751-5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 2. Coarse dry aggregate shall not exceed 85 percent of loose volume of concrete. 3. Add air -entraining admixture to ensure uniform distribution of agent throughout batch. Base air content of freshly mixed air -entrained concrete upon trial mixes with materials to be used in Work, adjusted to produce concrete of required plasticity and workability. Percentage of air entrainment in mix shall be 4-1/2 percent plus or minus 1-1/2 percent Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C231. 4. Use retardant when temperature exceeds 90 degrees F Proportion shall be as recommended by manufacturer Use same brand as used for air -entraining agent. Add and batch material using same methods as used for air -entraining agent. Accelerators will not be allowed unless approved by the Engineer. 2.05 COVER MATERIALS FOR CURING A. Curing materials shall conform to one of following: 1. Polyethylene Film: Opaque pigmented white film conforming to requirements of ASTM C171. 2. Waterproofed Paper: Paper conforming to requirements of ASTM C171. 3. Cotton Mats: Single layer of cotton filler completely enclosed in cover of cotton cloth. Mats shall contain not less than 3/4 of a pound of uniformly distributed cotton filler per square yard of mat. Cotton cloth used for covering materials shall weigh not less than 6 ounces per square yard. Mats shall be stitched so that mat will contact surface of pavement at all points when saturated with water. 4. Liquid Membrane -forming Compounds: Liquid membrane -forming compounds shall conform to ASTM C309. Membrane shall restrict loss of water to not more than 0.55 kg/m2 of surface in 72 hours. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted base is ready to support imposed loads and meets compaction requirements. B. Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Properly prepare, shape and compact each section of subgrade before placing forms, reinforcing steel or concrete. After forms have been set to proper grade and alignment, use subgrade planer to shape subgrade to its final cross section. Check contour of subgrade with template. 4/00 02751-6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT B. Remove subgrade that will not support loaded form. Replace and compact subgrade to r equired density. 3.03 EQUIPMENT A. Alternate equipment and methods, other than those required by this article, may be used provided the Contractor demonstrates that equal, or better, results will be obtained. Maintain equipment for preparing subgrade and for finishing and compacting concrete in good working order. Unless approved otherwise by the Engineer or the Drawings, slip form paving methods shall be used. B. Subgrade Planer and Template: • Use subgrade planer with adjustable cutting blades to trim subgrade to exact section shown on Drawings. Select planer mounted on visible rollers which ride on fauns. Planer frame must have sufficient weight so that it will remain on form at all times, and have such strength and rigidity that, under tests made by changing support from wheels to center, planer will not develop deflection of more than 1/8 inch. Tractors used to pull planer shall not produce ruts or indentations in subgrade. When slip form method of paving is used, operate subgrade planer on prepared track grade or have it controlled by electronic sensor system operated from string line to establish horizontal alignment and elevation of subbase. 2. Provide template for checking contour of subgrade. Template shall be long enough to rest upon side forms and have such strength and rigidity that, when supported at center, maximum deflection shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Fit template with accurately adjustable rods. projecting downward at 1-foot intervals. Adjust these rods to gauge cross sections of slab bottom when template is resting on side forms. C. Machine Finisher: Provide a power -driven, transverse finishing machine designed and operated to strike off and consolidate concrete. Machine shall have two screeds accurately adjusted to crown of pavement and with frame equipped to ride on forms. Use finishing machine with rubber tires if it operates on concrete pavement. D. Hand Finishing: 1. Provide mechanical strike and tamping. template 2 feet longer than width of pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. 2. Provide two bridges to ride on forms and span pavement for finishing expansion and dummy joints Provide floats and necessary edging and finishing tools E Belt Finishing: While concrete is still workable, give surface final belting to produce a uniform surface of gritty texture.. Perform belting with short rapid transverse strokes having sweeping longitudinal motion. 4/00 0275 I-7 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT • F. Vibrators: Furnish mechanically operated synchronized vibrators mounted on tamping bar which rides on forms and hand -manipulated mechanical vibrators. Furnish vibrators with frequency of vibration to provide maximum consolidation of concrete without segregation. G. Traveling Form Paver: Approved traveling form paver may be used in lieu of construction methods employing forms, consolidating, finishing and floating equipment. Requirements of this specification for subgrade pavement tolerances, pavement depth, alignments, consolidation, finishing and workmanship shall be met. If traveling form paver does not provide concrete paving that meets the compaction, fmish and tolerances requirements of this specification, its use shall be immediately discontinued when so ordered by the Engineer and conventional methods shall be used. 1. Equip traveling paver with longitudinal transangular finishing float adjustable to crown and grade. Float shall be long enough to extend across pavement to side forms or edge of slab. 2. Insure that continuous deposit of concrete can be made at paver to minimize starting and stopping. Use conventional means of paving locations inaccessible to traveling paver, or having horizontal or vertical curvature that traveling paver cannot negotiate 3. Where Drawings require tie bars for adjacent paving, securely tie and support bars to prevent displacement. Tie bars may be installed with approved mechanical bar inserter mounted on traveling -form paver Replace any pavement in which tie bars assume final position other than that shown on Drawings, unless corrective alternates are authorized in writing by the Engineer. 3.04 FORMS A. Side Forms: Use clean metal forms of approved shape and section. Preferred depth of form shall be equal to required edge thickness of pavement Forms with depths greater or less than required edge thickness of pavement will be permitted, provided difference between form depth and edge thickness if not greater than 1 inch, and further provided that fours of depth less than pavement edge are brought to required edge thickness by securely attaching wood or metal strips to bottom of form, or by grouting under form. Bottom flange of form shall be same size as thickness of pavement. Aluminum forms are not allowed. All forms shall be approved by the Engineer Length of form sections shall be not less than 10 feet and each section shall provide for staking in position with not less than 3 pins. Flexible or curved forms of wood or metal of proper radius shallibe used for curves of 200-foot radius or less Forms shall have ample strength and shall be provided with adequate devices for secure setting so that when in -place they will withstand, without visible springing or settlement, impact and vibration of finishing machine. In no case shall base width be less than 8 inches for form 8 inches or more in height. Forms shall be free from warp, bends or kinks and shall be sufficiently true to provide reasonable straight edge on concrete. Top of each form section, when tested with straight edge, shall conform to requirements specified for surface of completed pavement. Provide sufficient forms for satisfactory placement of concrete. For short radius curves, forms less than 10 feet m length or curved forms may be used. For curb returns at street intersections and driveways, wood forms of good grade and quality may be used. 4/00 02751-8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT B. Form Setting: 1. Rest forms directly on subgrade. Do not shim with pebbles or dirt. Accurately set forms to required grade and alignment and, during entire operation of placing, compacting and finishing of concrete, do not deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet of length. Do not remove forms for at least 8 hours after completion of finishing operations. Provide supply of forms that will be adequate for orderly and continuous placing of concrete. Set forms and check grade for at least 300 feet ahead of mixer or as approved by the Engineer. 2. Adjacent slabs may be used instead of forms, provided that concrete is well protected from possible damage by finishing equipment. These adjacent slabs shall not be used for forms until concrete has aged at least 7 days. 3.05 REINFORCING STEEL AND JOINT ASSEMBLIES • A. Accurately place reinforcing steel and joint assemblies and position them securely as indicated on Drawings. Wire reinforcing bars securely together at intersections and splices. Bars and coatings shall be free of rust, dirt or other foreign matter when concrete is placed. Place all reinforcing steel and secure to chairs. All reinforcing steel must be positively supported before pour begins. B. Place pavement joint assemblies at required locations and elevations, and rigidly secure all parts in required positions. Install dowel bars accurately in joint assemblies as shown each parallel to pavement surface and to center line of pavement. Rigidly secure in required position to prevent displacement during placing and finishing of concrete. Accurately cut header boards, joint filler and other material used for forming joints to receive each dowel bar. Drill dowels into existing pavement, secure with epoxy, and provide paving headers as required to provide rigid pavement sections. 3.06 PLACEMENT A. Place concrete only in rain -free days when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. Concrete shall not be placed when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F ,or above, do not .exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90. degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre - cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed, below 90 degrees F. Place concrete within 60 minutes of mixing. Remove and dispose of concrete not placed within this period • 4/00 02751-9 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT C. Concrete slump during placement shall be 2 to 5 inches, except when using traveling -form paver slump shall be maximum of 3 inches. D. Deposit concrete rapidly and continuously on subgrade or subbase in successive batches. Distribute concrete to required depth and for entire width of placement in manner that will require as little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is necessary, distribute concrete with shovels or by other approved methods. Use only concrete rakes in handling concrete. At end of day or in case of unavoidable interruption of more than 30 minutes, place transverse construction joint at point of stopping work. Remove and replace sections less than 10 feet long E Take special care in placing and spading concrete against foetus and at longitudinal and transverse joints to prevent honeycombmg. Voids in edge of finished pavement will be cause for rejection. 3.07 COMPACTION A. Consolidate the concrete using mechanical vibrators as specified herein. Extend a vibratory unit across the pavement, not quite touching side forms Space individual vibrators at close enough intervals to vibrate and consolidate entire width of pavement uniformly. Mount mechanical vibrators to avoid contact with forms, reinforcement, transverse or longitudinal joints. Furnish enough hand -manipulated mechanical vibrators for proper consolidation of concrete along fauns, at joints and in areas not covered by mechanically controlled vibrators. Stand- by operational vibrator is required before start of pour. 3.08 FINISHING A. Finish concrete pavement with power -driven transverse finishing machines or by hand finishing methods. 1. Use transverse finishing machine to make at least two trips over each area. Make last trip continuous run of not less than 40 feet. After transverse screeding, use hand -operated longitudinal float to test and level surface to required grade. 2. Hand finish with mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section Move strike template forward in direction of placement, maintaining slight excess of material in front of cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area. Screed pavement surface to required section. Work screed with combined transverse and longitudinalmotion in direction work is progressing. Maintain screed in contact with forms. Use longitudinal float to level surface. 4/00 02751-10 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT B. On narrow strips and transitions, finish concrete pavement by hand. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Strike off concrete with strike -off screed. Move strike -off screed forward with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing, maintaining screed in contact with forms, and maintaining slight excess of materials in front of cutting edge. Tamp concrete with tamping template. Use longitudinal float to level surface. While concrete is still workable, give surface final belting to produce a uniform surface of gritty texture. Perform belting with short rapid transverse strokes having sweeping longitudinal motion. 3.09 JOINTS AND JOINT SEALING A. When new work is adjacent to existing concrete, place joints at same location as existing joints in adjacent pavement B. If the limit of removal of existing concrete or asphaltic pavement does not fall on existing joint, saw cut existing pavement minimum of 1-1/2 inches deep to provide straight, smooth joint surface without chipping, spalling or cracks. 3.10 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Place transverse construction joint wherever concrete placement must be stopped for more than 30 minutes. Place longitudinal construction joints at interior edges of pavement lanes using No. 5 deformed tie bars, 30 inches long and spaced 18 inches on centers. 3.11 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Place 3/4-inch expansion joints at locations shown on drawings. Use no filler shorter than 6 feet. When pavement is 24 feet or narrower, use not more than 2 lengths of filler. Secure pieces to form straight joint. Shape filler accurately to cross section of concrete slab. Use load transmission devices of type and size shown on Drawings. Seal with joint sealing compound. 3.12 CONTRACTION JOINTS A. Place contraction joints at same locations as in adjacent pavement or at spaces indicated on Drawings Maximum spacing of contraction/construction joints, 20 feet. Seal groove with joint sealing compound. 3.13 LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS A. Place longitudinal weakened plane joints at spaces indicated on Drawings. Seal groove with joint sealing compound. 4/00 02751-11 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.14 SAWED JOINTS A. Contractor may use sawed joints as an alternate to contraction and weakened plane joints Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting straight line groove minimum of 1/2 inch wide. Depth shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 1/2 inch. Commence sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or tearing and prior to initiation of cracks. Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued until completed. Make saw cut with one pass. Complete sawing within 24 hours of concrete placement. Saw joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence of concrete placement. B. Concrete Saw: Provide sawing equipment adequate in power to complete sawing to required dimensions and within required time. Provide at least one standby saw in good working order. Maintain an ample supply of saw blades at work site at all times during sawing operations. Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times during concrete placement 3.15 JOINTS FOR CURB, AND CURB AND GUTTER A. Place 3/4-inch prefoinied expansion joints through curb and gutters at locations of expansion and contraction joints in pavement; at end of radius returns at street intersections and driveways; and at curb inlets. Maximum spacing shall be 60-foot centers. 3.16 JOINTS FOR CONCRETE SIDEWALKS A. Provide 3/4-inch expansion joints confornnng to ASTM A1751 along and across sidewalk at back of curbs, at intersections with driveways, steps, and walls; and across walk at intervals not to exceed 36 feet Provide expansion joint matenal conforming to ASTM D994 for small radius curves and around fire hydrants and utility poles. Extend the expansion joint material full depth of the slab. Reinforcing bars shall extend 10 inches beyond the expansion joint and then shall be wrapped with building paper, or approved sleeves, so that the 10 inches shall not be bonded to the concrete. 3.17 JOINTS FOR CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS A. Provide 3/4-inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D1751 across dnveway in line with street face of sidewalks, at existing concrete driveways, and along intersections with sidewalks and other structures. Extend expansion joint material full depth of slab. Where dowels are used wrap or sleeve one end. 3.18 JOINT SEALING A. Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperature is above 50 degrees F and less than 85 degrees F, and weather is not foggy or rainy. B. Joint sealing equipment shall be in first-class working condition, and be approved by the Engineer Use concrete grooving machine or power -operated wire brush and other 4/00 02751-12 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT equipment such as plow brooms, brushes, blowers or hydro or abrasive cleaning as required to produce satisfactory joints. C. Clean joints of loose scale, dirt, dust and curing compound. Term joint includes wide joint spaces, expansion joints, dummy groove joints or cracks either preformed or natural. Remove loose material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints D. Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to depth shown. Pour sufficient joint sealer into joints so that, upon completion, surface of sealer within joint will be 1/4 inch below level of adjacent surface or at elevation as directed. 3.19 CONCRETE CURING A. Concrete pavement shall be cured by protecting it against loss of moisture for period of not less than 72 hours immediately upon completion of finishing operations. Do not use membrane curing for concrete pavement to be overlaid by asphaltic concrete. B. Where curing requires use of water, curing shall have prior right to all water supply or supplies. Failure to provide sufficient cover material shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. 3.20 POLYETHYLENE FILM CURING A. Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply water in the form of a fine spray. Cover surface with polyethylene film so film will remain in intimate contact with surface during specified curing period. B. Cover entire surface and both edges of pavement slab. Joints in film sheets shall overlap minimum of 12 inches. Immediately repair tears or holes occurring during curing period by placing acceptable moisture -proof patches or by replacing. 3.21 WATERPROOFED PAPER CURING A. Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply water in form of fine splay. Cover surface with waterproofed paper so paper will remain in intimate contact with surface during specified curing period. B. Prepare waterproofed paper to form blankets of sufficient width to cover entire surface and both edges of pavement slab, and not be more than 60 feet in length Joints in blankets caused by joining paper sheets shall lap not less than 5 inches and shall be securely sealed with asphalt cement having melting point of approximately 180 degrees F. Place blankets to secure an overlap of at least 12 inches Tears or holes appearing in paper during curing period shall be immediately repaired by cementing patches over defects. 4/00 02751-13 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.22 COTTON MAT CURING A. Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, completely cover surface with cotton mats, thoroughly saturated before application, in such manner that they will contact surface of pavement equally at all points. B. Mats shall remain on pavement for specified curing period. Keep mats saturated so that, when lightly compressed, water will drip freely from them. Keep banked earth or cotton mat covering edges saturated. 3.23 LIQUID MEMBRANE -FORMING COMPOUNDS A. Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply liquid membrane -forming compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.24 TOLERANCES A. Test entire surface before initial set and correct irregularities or undulations. Bring surface within requirements of following test and then finish Place 10-foot straightedge parallel to center of roadway to bridge any depressions and touch all high spots. Do not permit ordinates measured from face of straight edge to surface of pavement to exceed 1/16 inch per foot from nearest point of contact. Maximum ordinate with 10-foot straightedge shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Grind spots in excess of requirements of this paragraph to meet surface test requirements. Restore texture by grooving concrete to meet surface finishing specifications. 3.25 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. Flexural Strength Test Specimens: Four test specimens for flexural strength test will be made for each 150 cubic yards or less of pavement that is placed in one day. Two specimens will be tested at 7 days. For failed 7-day tests, remaining two specimens will be tested at 28 days. Specimens will be made, cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C78 (using simple beam with third point loading). Minimum flexural strength (modulus of rupture) shall be 500 pounds per square inch at 7 days and 600 pounds per square inch at 28 days. Yield test will be made in accordance with ASTM C138 for cement content per cubic yard of concrete If such cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard reduce batch weights until amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to requirements. D. At the Engineer's direction a minimum of one 4-inch core may be taken at random locations per 1,000 feet per lane or 500 square yards of pavement to measure in -place depth Each core may be tested for 28-day compressive strength according to methods of ASTM C42. The 28-day compressive strength of each core tested shall be a minimum of 3000 pounds per 4/00 02751-14 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT square inch. Compressive strength shall not be utilized to satisfy the flexural strength requirements. E Contractor may, at his own expense, request three additional cores in vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in -place depths. In -place depth at these locations shall be the average of depth of four cores. F. Fill cores and density test sections with new concrete paving or non shrink grout. 3.26 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A. Remove and replace areas of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent, or that fail flexural strength tests, with concrete of thickness shown on Drawings unless accepted by the Engineer. B. Nonconforming pavement sections shall be replaced at no cost to Owner. 13.27 UNIT PRICE ADJUSTMENT A. Unit price reductions shall be made for in -place depth determined by cores as follows: 1. Adjusted Unit Price shall be ratio of deficient average thickness as determined by cores to thickness bid upon, times unit price bid. 2. Adjustment shall apply to lower limit of 90 percent of unit pnce bid. 3. No adjustment will be made for excess thickness. 3.28 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A. Restore pavement markings to match those existing in accordance with City ofPearland standard specifications and details and the Engineer s requirements. 3.29 PROTECTION A. Barricade pavement section from use until concrete has attained minimum design strength. • B. On those sections of pavement to be opened to traffic, seal joints, clean pavement and place earth against pavement edges before permitting use by traffic. Such opening of pavement to traffic shall not relieve Contractor from his responsibility for Work. C. Maintain concrete paving in good condition until completion of Work. D. Repair defects by replacing concrete to full depth. END OF SECTION 4/00 02751-15 PREFORMED DURABLE CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT MARKING SECTION 02761 PREFORMED DURABLE PAVEMENT MARKING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Durable retroreflective preformed pavement markings. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for linear pavement markings is on a linear foot basis for each class and width, measured in place. B. Measurement for words and symbols is on a lump sum basis for each word or symbol. C. Measurement for railroad crossing markings, to include stop line and two transverse lines, is on a lump sum basis for each crossing marked. D. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DURABLE PAVEMENT MARKING DEFINITIONS A. Class I -Preformed pavement markings suitable for longitudinal and word and symbol markings on roadways with high volume traffic. B. Class II - Preformed patterned pavement markings with minimum retained retroreflectivity, suitable for longitudinal and word and symbol markings on roadways with high volume traffic. C. Class III - Preformed pavement markings designed for use with liquid contact cement as words, symbols, lane lines, edge lines, channelizing lines, stop bars and crosswalks on roadways with low to moderate volume traffic and low shear areas. D. Class IV - Preformed pavement markings with durable urethane topcoat suitable for word, symbols, crosswalks and stop bars on roadways with high volume traffic and in areas of high shear or abrasion. E. Class V - Preformed pavement markings suitable for longitudinal overlay markings on roadways with moderate, well channelized, free rolling traffic. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit manufacturer s product data for each proposed class of marking material; primers, solvents, and adhesives; and installation instructions; for approval. Include certificate by manufacturer that each class of marking conforms to the requirements of this specification. C. Submit details of manufacturers replacement policy for each class of marking material. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver preformed plastic marking material in rolls or strips. Deliver words and symbols in precut convenient sizes to provide for ease in application. Ship word and symbol markers with easily removable protective liners 4/00 02761-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PREFORMED DURABLE PAVEMENT MARKING B. Store material in cool dry conditions until application. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFORMED MARKINGS A. Retroreflective prefouned markings: White or yellow polymeric films with pigments confou,iing to standard highway colors. Glass beads shall be incorporated in film to provide immediate and continuing retroreflection. B. Quality performance characteristics shall be as follows: CLASS I CLASS II CLASS III CLASS CLASS V TEST METHOD IV White 1Yellow White Yellow White Yellow White Yellow White 1Yellow 1. Thickness without 65 (Peak) Caliper adhesive, 60 20 (Valley) 60 60 12 Gauge mils, min. index of 1.5 Rubber 1.5 1.5 & 1.9 1.7 Liquid Oil 2. Refractive beads, min. _ 1.7 Surface* Immersion 3. Init. retroreflectance (mcd. ft 2. fc 1), 550 410 1100 800 550 410 700 500 960 680 ASTM min. 300 175 700 500 300 175 400 300 650 470 D4061 ** @ 86.0°, 0.2° ** @ 86.5°, 1.0° 4. Retained retroreflectance (mcd. ft-2. fc"1), -- -- 100 -- -- -- -- -- -- ASTM D4061 min. ** @ 86.5°, 1.0° 5. Init. skid resistance (avg.) -BPN 45 45 45 50 45 ASTM E303 6. strength ASTM Tensile (psi), 150 20 150 100 -- -- D638*** min 7. Percent elongation ASTM at break, 75 20 75 50 -- -- D638*** min. 8. Daytime i eflectance factor 65 36 65 36 65 36 65 36 65 36 ASTM E97 "Y" %, min. Tough Ceramic Beads. (Entrance Angle Observation Angle). Crosshead speed of 10-12 inches per minute when tested with a gap of 4" between jaws and 1" X 6" sample. 2.02 ADHESIVES AND SOLVENTS A. Film shall be pre -coated with pressure sensitive adhesive capable of bonding markings to portland cement concrete and asphaltic concrete pavements. 4/00 02761-2 PREFORMED DURABLE CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT MARKING B. Manufacturer shall identify suitable solvents or primers necessary for proper preconditioning pavements prior to application. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Manufacture markings to conform to color shape, and size requirements of TxDOT "Texas Manual on Unifonn Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways". 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Prepare pavement surfaces and install markings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Accurately locate and install approved markings to conform to classes, colors, lengths, widths, and configurations indicated on Drawings C. Apply line markings with a mechanical applicator capable of applying pavement lines in a neat, accurate, and uniform manner. Applicator shall be equipped with a film cut-off device. Apply words and symbols by hand so as to attain neat, accurate and uniform results. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and repair surfaces to receive markings. Blast clean surfaces indicated on Drawings or where directed by the Engineer in accordance with requirements of Section 02980. Do not clean portland cement concrete pavements by grinding. 3.03 INLAID INSTALLATION ON ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENTS A. This installation procedure applies to streets with new asphaltic concrete surfacing. B. Apply markings on newly placed compacted pavement having a temperature of between 125 to 155 degrees F. C. Inlay markings with a mechanical roller of sufficient weight to imbed preformed markers to a minimum depth of 60 percent and a maximum depth of 80 percent of material thickness. Roll while temperature of pavement is in a 125 to 155 degree F range. 3.04 SURFACE INSTALLATION A. This installation procedure applies to asphaltic concrete transition sections and streets with portland cement concrete surfacing B. Test pavement surface for moisture content prior to application of markings. Place an approximate 2 square foot sheet of clear plastic or tar paper on road surface and hold in place for 20 minutes. Immediately inspect the sheet for build up of condensed moisture. If sufficient moisture has condensed to cause water to drip from sheet, do not apply markings. Repeat test as necessary until adequate moisture has evaporated from pavement to allow placement C. Observe manufacturer's recommended pavement and ambient air temperature requirements for application. If manufacturer has no temperature recommendations, do not install markings if pavement temperature is below 60 degrees F or above 120 degrees F. D. Prime pavement surface and apply markings as recommended by manufacturer. 4/00 02761-3 PREFORMED DURABLE CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT MARKING 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Pavement markings shall present a neat, uniform appearance and shall be free of unsightly spread of excess adhesive Markings shall be free of ragged edges and misshaped lines or contours. B. Markings shall adhere to pavement sufficiently to prevent lifting, shifting, smearing, spreading, flowing or tearing by traffic. C. Repair or replace improperly installed markers at Contractors expense. 3.06 CLEANING A. Keep project site free of unnecessary traffic hazards at all times. B. Clean area upon completion of work and remove nebbish from work site. 3.07 WARRANTY A. Contractor shall warrant material and labor for a period of twelve months from date of installation of markings. Immediately upon notification replace portions of pavement marking lines or legends that have lifted, shifted or spread, lost daytime color, or nighttime retro-reflectivity. END OF SECTION 4/00 02761-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CURB, CURB & GUTTER, & HEADERS SECTION 02770 CURB, CURB & GUTTER, & HEADERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforced concrete curb, reinforced monolithic concrete curb and gutter, and mountable curb. B. Paving headers and railroad headers poured monolithically with concrete base or pavement. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for curbs and for curbs and gutter is on linear foot basis measured along face of curb. B. Measurement for headers is on linear foot basis measured between lips of gutters adjacent to concrete base and measured between backs of curbs adjacent to concrete pavement. C. No separate payment will be made for curbs poured monolithically with concrete pavement. D. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit details of proposed formwork for approval. C. Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work. Include proportions and actual flexural strength obtained from design mixes at required test ages. D. Submit manufacturer's certifications giving properties of reinforcing steel. Provide specimens for testing when required by the Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete: Conform to material and proportion requirements for concrete of Section 02751. B. Reinforcing Steel: Conform to material requirements for reinforcing steel of Section 02751. 02770-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CURB, CURB & GUTTER, & HEADERS C. Grout: Nonmetallic, nonshrink grout containing no chloride producing agents conforming to the following requirements. Compressive strength, psi at 7 days at 28 days Initial set time, minutes Final set time, hours 3500 8000 45 1.5 D. Preformed Expansion Joint Material. Conform to material requirements for prefoinied expansion joint material of Section 02751. E Joint Sealing Compound: Conform to material requirements of Section 02751. F. Mortar: Mortar finish composed of one part Portland cement and 1-1/2 parts of fine aggregate. Use only when approved by the Engineer. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prepare subgrade or base in accordance with applicable portions of Sections 02335 and 02710 • 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Guideline Set to follow top line of curb. Attach indicator to provide constant comparison between top of curb and guideline Insure flow lines for monolithic curb and gutters conform to slopes indicated on Drawings B. Forms: Brace sufficiently to maintain position during pour. Use metal templates cut to section shown on Drawings. C. Reinforcement: Secure in proper position so that steel will remain in place throughout placement. D. Joints: Place in accordance with Section 02751. Place dummy groove joints at 6-foot centers at right angles to curb lines. Cut dummy grooves 1/4 inch deep using an approved edging tool. Place concrete in fonns to required depth. Consolidate thoroughly. Do not permit rock pockets in fount. Entirely cover top surfaces with mortar. 3.03 MANUAL FINISHING A. After concrete is in place, remove front curb forms. Form exposed portions of curb, and of curb and gutter, using mule which conforms to curb shape, as shown on Drawings. 02770-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CURB, CURB & GUTTER, & HEADERS B. Thin coat of mortar may be worked into exposed face of curb using mule and two -handled wooden darby at least 3 feet long. C. Before applying final finish move 10-foot straightedge across gutter and up curb to back form of curb. Repeat until curb and gutter are true to grade and section. Lap straightedge every 5 feet. D. Steel trowel finish surfaces to smooth, even finish. Make face of finished curb true and straight E Edge outer edge of gutter with 1/4-inch edger. Finish edges with tool having 1/4-inch radius. Finish visible surfaces and edges of finished curb and gutter free from blemishes, faun marks and tool marks. Finished curb or curb and gutter shall have unifonni color, shape and appearance. 3.04 MECHANICAL FINISHING A. Mechanical curb foiming and finishing machines may be used instead of, or in conjunction with, previously described methods if approved by the Engineer. Use of mechanical methods shall provide specified curb design and finish. 3.05 CURING A. Immediately after finishing operations, cure exposed surfaces of curbs and gutters in accordance with Section 02525. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Top surfaces of curb and gutter shall have uniform width and shall be free from humps, sags or other irregularities. Surfaces of curb top curb face and gutter shall not vary more than 1/8 inch from edge of a 10-foot long straightedge laid along them, except at grade changes. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Maintain curbs and gutters in good condition until completion of Work. B. Replace damaged curbs and gutters to comply with this Section. END OF SECTION 02770-3 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SECTION 02811 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe and fittings, valves, sprinkler heads and accessories. B. Control system. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement and payment for Landscape Irrigation will be made under this Section on a lump sum basis. B Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electric solenoid controlled underground irrigation system. B. Source Power 120 volt 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Installer must be a licensed irrigator. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Confoiin to applicable code for piping and component requirements. 1.07 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Convene one week prior to commencing work of this Section. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 02931 - Landscape and Tree Planting. B. Coordinate the work with site landscape grading and delivery of plant life. 4/00 02811-1 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra components under provisions of Bid Schedule. 1. Two sprinkler heads of each type and size. 2. Two valve box keys. 3. Two wrenches for each type head core and for removing and installing each type head. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE MATERIALS A. Pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with Manufacturers name, size, schedules, type, and working pressure. PVC Pipe ASTM D2411; 200 psi pressure rated upstream from controls, 160 psi downstream; solvent welded sockets rubber gasketed joints. C. Frttmgs: Type and style of connection to match pipe. Solvent Cement: ANSIIASTM D2564 for PVC pipe and fittings. E Sleeve material: 4" schedule 40 PVC. 2.02 OUTLETS A. Manufacturers or approved equal: 1. Rainbird Model 180 4. 2. Rainbird Model 1812 3. Hunder Model PGP B. Rotary type sprinkler head Pop-up type with screens, fully adjustable for flow and pressure; size as indicated, with letter or symbol sesignating degree of arc and arrow indicating center of spray pattern C. Spray Type Sprinkler Head: Pope -up head with full circle, half circle, third circle, quarter circle and square pattern. 2.03 VALVES A. Manufacturers or approved equal: 1. Rainbird Model PEB Series B. Gate Valves: Bronze construction, non -rising stem, and sized to line. C. Backflow Preventers. FEBCO 765 Bronze body construction, reduced pressure zone or pressure vacuum braker type. D. Valve Box and Cover: rectangular 10" x 14" or 9" round. 4/00 02811-2 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 2.04 CONTROLLER A. Manufacturers or approved equal: 1. Rainbird Model RC 1260C B. Valveso Electric solenoid wiring including required fittings and accessories. C. Wire conductors: color coded. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions under provisions of Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings. B. Verity location of existing utilities. C. Verify that required utilities are available, in proper location, and ready for use. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Piping layout indicated is diagrammatic only. Route piping to avoid plants, ground cover, and structures B. Layout and stake locations of system components. C. Review layout requirements with other affected work. Coordinate locations of sleeves under paving to accommodate system. 3.03 TRENCHING A. Trench and filling as required. B. Trench size: 1. Minimum Cover Over Installed Supply Piping: 18 inches. 2. Minimum Cover Over Installed Branch Piping: 12 inches. 3. Minimum Cover Over Installed Outlet Piping: 12 inches. C. Trench to accommodate grade changes. 4/00 Maintain trenches free of debris, material, or obstructions that may damage pipe. Do not leave trenches open overnight. 02811-3 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install pipe, valves, controls, and outlets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Connect to utilities. C. Set outlets and box covers at finish grade elevations D. Install control wiring as required Provide 10 inch expansioncoil at each valve to which controls are connected, and at 100 ft intervals. Bury wire beside pipe. Mark valves with neoprene valve markers containing locking device. Set valve markers in 160 psi PVC pipe risers exiting from top of valve to finish grade. E After piping is installed but before outlets are installed and filling commences, open valves and flush system with full head of water. F. Coordinate pipe installation with conduit installation. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed. B. Prior to filling, test system for leakage for whole system to maintain 100 psi pressure for one hour. 3.06 FILLING A. Provide 3 inch sand cover over piping. fill trench and compact to subgrade elevation. Protect piping from displacement. 3.07 ADJUSTING A. Adjust control system to achieve time cycles required. B. Change and adjust head types for full water coverage as directed. 3.08 DEMONSTRATION A. Provide system demonstration. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of system, including adjusting of sprinkler heads. Use operation and maintenance material as basis for demonstration END OF SECTION 4/00 02811-4 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL 1.0 GENERAL • SECTION 02910 TOPSOIL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding and planting. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for topsoil. Include payment in Section 02921 - Hydromuch Seeding and Section 02922 - Sodding. B. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics: 1. pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5. 2. Liquid limit. topsoil not exceed 50 3. Plasticity index: 10 or less. 4. Gradation: maximum of 40 percent with a passing the #280 sieve. B. Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, weeds, non -soil materials and other litter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots, stumps, and stones larger than 2 inches. C. Obtain topsoil from the top material from naturally well drained areas where topsoil occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at the placement site Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct lines and grades. 4/00 02910-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL 3.02 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION Conform to excavation and stockpiling requirements of section 02316 - Roadway Excavation and Backfill. 3.03 PLACEMENT 4 A. For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existing surface material to a minimum depth of 4 inches, or as indicated on the Drawings. Remove any vegetation and foreign inorganic material. Place 4 inches of topsoil on the loosened material and roll lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate the topsoil. B. Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches whenplaced. over sand bedding and backfill materials specified in Section 02316. C. For areas to receive bushes or trees, excavate existing material and place topsoil to the depth and dimensions shown on the Drawings D. Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.04 PROTECTION Protect topsoil from wind and water erosion until planting is completed. END OF. SECTION 4/00 02910-2 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING SECTION 02921 HYDROMULCH SEEDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Seeding, fertilizing, mulching, and maintenance of areas indicated on Drawings. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for hydromulch seeding is on a square yard basis. B. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit mice procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Certification shall accompany seed delivery. C. Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. B. Seed: Conform to U S Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law. Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure and furnish 80 percent germination and meet the following requirements: 1. Rye: Fresh, clean, italian rye grass seed (lollium multi-florum), mixed in labeled Proportions. As tested minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. Deliver in original unopened containers. 2. Bermuda* Extra -fancy, treated, lawn type common bermuda (Cynodon dactylon). Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vender, and germination test results. 4/00 02921-1 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 3. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. C. Seed requirements, application rates and planting dates are: Application Pounds/Ac Rate Planting Date Type Hulled Unhulled Common Bermuda Bermuda Grass 98/88 Grass 98/88 40 40 Jan 1 to Mar 31 Common Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Apr .1 to Sep 30 Hulled Unhulled Annual Common Rye Bermuda (Gulf) Grass 98/88 Grass 98/88 40 40 30 Oct l to Dec 31 Bermuda Common Grass D. Fertilizer: Dry and free flowing, inorganic, water soluble commercial fertilizer, which is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which bear the manufacturers guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged, or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of the following elements: Nitrogen 10 Percent Phosphoric Acid 20 Percent Potash 10 Percent E Mulch: Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having a minimum of 20 percent fibers 0 42 inches (10.7 mm) in length and 0 01 inches (0.27 mm) in diameter. Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage verification purposes. F. S.oil Stabilizer: "Terra Tack" 1 or approved equal. G. Weed control agent: Pre -emergent herbicide for grass areas, 'Benefin" or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. 4/00 02921-2 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 3.02 APPLICATION A. Seed: Apply unifoiliily at rates given in Paragraph 2.01 B for type of seed and planting date. B. Fertilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 500 pounds per acre. C. Mulch: Apply uniformly at a rate of 50 pounds per 1000 square feet. D. Soil stabilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 40 pounds per acre. E. Weed control agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to hydromulching. F. Suspend all operations under conditions of drought, excessive moisture, high winds, or extreme or prolonged cold. Obtain the Engineer's approval before resuming operations. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain grassed areas a minimum of 90 days, or as required to establish an acceptable lawn. For areas seeded in the fall, continue maintenance the following spring until an acceptable lawn is established. Acceptable coverage will require a minimum of one healthy plant for any one 9"x9" square area. B. Maintain grassed areas by watering, fertilizing, weeding, and trimming. C. Repair areas damaged by erosion by regrading, rolling and replanting. END OF SECTION 4/00 02921-3 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING SECTION 02931 LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 1.0 GENERAL 1.08 SECTION INCLUDES 1. Furnishing all plants and trees, labor, equipment, appliances and materials for landscape and tree planting. Rough and finish grading is part of the landscape work. 1.09 UNIT PRICES 1. Measurement for Landscape Planting is on a Lump Sum. B. Payment for Tree Planting is on lump sum basis for each tree planted. 2. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z 60.1 - Nursery Stock. B. Federal Specification Q-P-166E - Peat, Moss; Peat, Humus; and Peat, Reed -Sedge. 1.010 PLANT SCHEDULE 1. The plant schedule gives quantities, scientific names, common names, sizes, and special remarks. 2. The plant list conforms with Standardized Plant Names, 1942, and American Standard for Nursery Stock, 1949, revised January 2, 1969, as prepared by the American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature and the American Association of Nurserymen, Inc. 3. In case of discrepancies between the plant list and drawings, the working drawings shall govern. 1.011 SUBMITTALS 1. Submit samples of the plants and grasses to be used for approval prior to installation. Inspection will be done on the project site. 2. Provide materials from the same source and of the same quality and variety as those inspected and approved. 4/00 02931-1 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 3. Soils and/or compost materials must be approved at their source prior to delivery. 1.012 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS 1. Pack all plant material to provide protection against damage from wind, weather or other possible sources. Tie plants to prevent whipping when shipment is made by truck. 2. When shipment is made by rail, pack plants and ventilate cars as required to prevent sweating. 3. Provide a platform from all B&B root balls over 24 inches in diameter. 4. Store plants on the site as directed. 5. Spray with antitranspirant at time of delivery in warm season months. Apply at rates in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. F Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. Do not remove container grown stock from containers before time of planting. G. Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery, and while stored at Site. H. Materials shall not be pruned prior to installation unless approved by the Engineer in writing. Do not bend or bind -tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches, or destroy natural shape. Use protective covering during delivery. 1.013 SUBSTITUTIONS 1. Substitution of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed, but with no increase in unit cost. 2. Substitution of an alternate species may be accepted upon written approval from the Engineer. 1.014 ACCEPTANCE AND APPROVAL 1. There will be no partial acceptance of grasses. 2. Upon Contractor's request, final approval will be made within 15 working days of date of notice to the Engineer if contracted work has been satisfactorily completed. 4/00 02931-2 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 3. Final approval of grasses will be given when the following conditions are met: 4. There are no bare spots larger than 9 inches square. 5. The total area of bare spots does not exceed 5 percent of the entire grass area. 1.015 WARRANTY 1. Provide 1-year warranty on all plants and grasses. The warranty period commences after final completion. 2. Replace plants that fail during the warranty period according to the specifications governing the original plants. 3. Periodically inspect plants for proper watering and spraying, during warranty period. 4. Damage caused by natural hazards such as hail, high winds or storm is not covered by the warranty. 5. Plant materials and grasses which die due to normal insects or diseases are included in the warranty 6. Existing in situ plant material required to be moved on the site will be protected under the warranty. G. Contractor shall warrant trees against defects including death, unsatisfactory growth, or loss of shape due to improper pruning, maintenance, or weather conditions, for 1 year after completion of planting Contractor shall plumb leaning trees during warranty period. H. Remove and replace trees found to be dead during warranty period. Remove and replace trees which are in doubtful condition at end of warranty period, or if approved by the Engineer, extend warranty period for such trees for a full growing season. 1.016 SOIL ANALYSIS 1. Submit for approval an analysis of all soils obtained from off -site sources prior to delivery. 2. Analysis of existing soil is not required. 1.10 PLANT CERTIFICATES A. Submit inspection certificates approved by the Engineer as required by law with the invoice for each shipment or order of stock: 4/00 02931-3 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 1. Submit certificates to the Engineer for review in ample time to be reviewed and meet installation schedule. • 1.11 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Take all reasonable precautions to prevent injury to people and to avoid damage to existing structures, plants and grasses. Keep the area free of hazardous obstructions. B. Construct barricades where necessary for the protection of persons and property. Mark all barricades with red and white paint and with red reflectors. Erect barricades in the following locations' 1. Areas dangerous to workmen and passersby. 2. Along adjoining property that requires protection. 3. Across streets and walks that are temporarily closed or rerouted. 4. Around plants and trees to be protected. C. Excavations larger than 1 foot deep and 1 foot wide must be covered when not attended. D. Existing trees which may be subject to damage must be protected by fencing or boxing. E During the course of planting operations, protect all installed plants and lawns from damage. If heavy equipment or materials must be moved across lawns use planks or pontoons to protect the turf. Similarly protect walks across which heavy equipment must pass. 1.12 DEFINITIONS A. In situ refers to any soil which is existing and in place on the project site at the time landscape work commences. B. Establishment period refers to a period of 45 days after installation during which time 5 percent of the construction costs will be withheld. 1.13 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscaper shall be a firm specializing in landscape and planting work. B. Do not make substitutions of approvedtrees: unless approved in writing by the Engineer. If specified planting material is not obtainable, submit proof of non -availability together with proposal for use of equivalent material. Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed, but with no increase in unit price. 2.0 PRODUCTS 6. TOPSOIL 4/00 02931-4 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING A. Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. B. Peat moss, bark, and fertilizer: Use material recommended by nursery for establishment of healthy stock after replanting. Moss shall conform to requirements of Federal Specification Q-P-166E 7. FERTILIZER Provide an inorganic commercial fertilizer which is uniform in composition, dry and free flowing, in original unopened containers, each bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. For lawns: 12-24-12. For ground cover areas, shrub beds and tree holes: 20-10-5. 8. ADDITIVES Adjustment of pH. For topsoil to attain the specified pH level, furnish raw, ground agricultural limestone containing not less than 85 percent calcium carbonate of which 50 percent will pass through a 100-mesh sieve and 90 percent through a 70-mesh sieve. Wait 2 months after planting before application of fertilizer. 1. The following table is a guideline to establish the pounds of limestone needed per 1000 square feet of turf: NEEDED 1000 SQUARE LIMESTONE PER FEET Soil PH Sands, Loamy Sandy Loam Clay Loam, Sands Clay <SO >6.0 5.1 let 0 0 75 125 0 100 175 5d -4.0 Humus. Provide a rich humus material free of sticks, stones, weedy roots, or other foreign matter. Humus must have ample water holding capacity and plant food retention. Use a humus with a dark brown to black color. 4/00 02931-5 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING Top Dressing Mulch. Provide pine or redwood bark that is evenly shredded, consisting of 90 percent organic matter, brown in color, and free of harmful minerals. Maximum particle size not to exceed 3 inches in diameter. Sharp Sand. Obtain clean sharp sand of hard durable grains, free from dirt, organic matter or other impurities. Use sand with a grade between 0.05 mm and 2 mm. Concrete Gravel. Provide clean, crushed stone consisting of hard, durable, uncoated particles free from injurious amounts of soft fnable, thin or laminated pieces. Use gravel which conforms to ASTM C 33. The sieve size will be 3/4 inch, 90 to 100 percent passing 9. CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Tree Guys: Guy Wires. Use 10-gauge galvanized annealed iron wire. Hose will be 2-ply, fiber -reinforced dull green rubber at least 3/4-inch diameter. Turnbuckles will be galvanized, with a 3-inch minimum lengthwise. opening and fitted with screw eyes. Stakes: For use in identifying tree and shrub locations a. Use 1-inch x 2-inch pine, or equivalent, 18 inches long. b. Use waterproof marker for identification. Where applicable for anchoring trees, use wood. deadmen of at least 2 inches x 4 inches stock, 36 inches long and buried 3 feet. For supporting guyed trees, use stakes that are of at least 2 inches x 4 inches stock, 36 inches long Notch stakes for guy wires 2 inches from the top Use tree stakes that are of sound and durable quality capable of withstanding aboveground and underground conditions either "T" Post or Treated Lodge Poles. Edging: Provide 1/2-inch x 4 inches, Cypress or Treated Lumber headerboard. Provide 1 inch x 2 inches x 12 inches, Cypress or Treated Lumber stakes. Cloth for Balling Trees. Use burlap of jute weighing at least 7.2 ounces per square yard. Secure balled plants with 2-ply twine made of jute. Paper for Wrapping Trees. Use first quality, 4-inch-wide bituminous impregnated tape, corrugated or crepe paper, specifically manufactured for tree wrapping and having qualities to resist insect infestation. Materials for Flagging Trees: Mark guyed trees with surveyors white plastic tape. 4/00 02931-6 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING Use surveyors plastic tape for marking as follows. a. Red to be removed. b. Yellow to be transplanted. c. Green to remain. d. Blue to identify special handling. Labels Legibly label plants with durable labels that identify the plant by scientific and common name. Use waterproof ink. Tree Seal. All pruning cuts, bruises, or scars over 3/4 inch in diameter on trees will be treated with a commercial tree wound dressing. Polyethylene. Use virgin base, resin blended polyethylene sheeting with carbon black concentrate of 2.5 percent. 10. SPRAYS Sterilization: Use approved solution of Dyclomec 4G, or equal, for areas to be planted. Use Pramitol, or equal, for areas to be paved. Herbicides: Use an approved systemic non -selective, post emergent herbicide on specified areas to kill all vegetation. Use Confront, or equal, for general control of broadleaf weeds in lawns. Use Preemerg, Eptam, Dryclomec, or equal for ground cover. Use an approved pre -emergent to control seed germination in specified areas. Antitranspirant: Use approved antitranspirant for all plant material that is stored and/or heeled -in on the site. Use approved antitranspirant on all planted trees and shrubs. Root Stimulant. Use approved root stimulant on all newly planted trees, shrubs, vines and/or ground cover areas. 11. PLANT CHARACTERISTICS Provide plants which are true to type and name, and typical of their species or variety. Plants must have a normal, well -developed branch structure, with a vigorous root system, and must be generally sound and healthy. Use plants which are free from defects, including: Disfiguring knots. Sun scald. Injuries. Bark abrasions. 4/00 • 02931-7 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING Plant diseases. Insect eggs. Borers. Infestations. Select well-fozxiied plants balanced between height and spread typical of the species or variety with branches in nounal position. Heading back plants to meet size limits will not be permitted. Unless otherwise specified, all plants will be nursery grown and at least twice transplanted. Use plants which have been growing under similar climatic conditions to those of the project for at least 2 years prior to the date of the contract. Recently stepped -up plants will not be acceptable. All B&B or bare root plants must be freshly dug; heeled -in or cold storage plants will not be accepted. Balled, bare root, and container -grown plants will conform to the definitions given in American Standards for Nursery Stock. No tree will be accepted which has had leaders cut or damaged, or which has a thin, weak trunk and/or poorly formed tops. Regardless of sample selection, a plant may be rejected at the site by the Engineer. 12. NURSERY STOCK Deciduous Trees. Provide trees which are straight and symmetrical and have a persistently preferred main leader. The crown must be in good overall proportion to the entire height of the tree. Where a clump is specified, a plant having a minimum of three stems originating from a common base at the ground line will be furnish.. Measure trees by average caliper of trunk. For trees up to 4 inches in diameter, measure caliper 6 inches above ground. For trunks larger than 4 inches, measure caliper ,12,inches above ground. Evergreen Trees. Form of the top will be typical of the species and not unnaturally sheared or color -treated. Measure by average caliper. Caliper will be taken 6 inches above the ground on trees up to 4 inches in diameter and 12 inches above the ground on trees larger than 4 inches. Vines and Ground Cover. Provide plants which are container -grown for sufficient time to ensure adequate root growth to hold the soil in place and retain the original shape when removed from the container. 13. F I H LD-COLLECTED PLANTS Field -collected plants must be grown in favorable locations that ensure fibrous roots and. vigorous growth. Such plants will be selected on site by the Landscape architect. 02931-8 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING Provide balls at least 1/3 greater in diameter than those specified for nursery stock. If dug in dormant season and bare root is acceptable, the spread of roots must be at least 1/3 greater than the spread of roots for bare root nursery stock 14 SEED Seasonal Limitations: 1. Beluiuda: a. Hulled seeds may be planted between October and March. b. Unhulled seeds may be planted between April and September. 2. Rye: a. Plant between October and February. Bermuda. Provide common Bermuda seed that is extra -fancy, treated, lawn type. Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vendor and germination test results. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. Rye. Deliver annual Winter Rye seed in original unopened containers. Seed must be fresh, clean, and mixed in labeled proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. 2.10 HYDROMULCH Provide hydromulch seeding as noted in Section 02921 - Hydroinulch Seeding. 2.11 GRASS Obtain certified sod from an approved source. Provide material which is true to type and name, and is typical of the species or variety. Delivery: 1. Identify and tag sods with correct scientific and common name for each species. 2. Do not deliver more sods than can be planted within 8 hours. 3. Transport and deliver sods in/on pallets. 4. Protect sods against dehydration overheating or contamination during transportation and delivery. 5. Cover unplanted sods with moistened burlap to prevent dehydration or overheating while awaiting installation .cd4 6. Sods must be harvested within 12 hours of planting and arrive at the project site in a moist condition. 4/00 02931-9 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING Products: 1. Material to be unifouu in color, leaf texture and density. 2. Material to be graded No 1, or better. 3. Uniform mowed height at time of harvesting material: 1-1/2 inches 4. Inspected and certified free of diseases, nematodes, and undesirable insects by authorized representative of State Department of Agriculture. 5. Material will not be acceptable if it contains any quack grass, Johnson grass, poison ivy, nut grass, thistle, common bent grass wild garlic, morning glory, perennial sorrell, or brome grass. 6. Turf will be considered weed free when found to contain less than 1 percent of dandelion, jiinson weed, mustard, chickweed, per 100 square feet. 2.12 TREES A. Provide container grown trees which are straight and symmetrical and have a persistently preferred main leader. The crown shall be m good overall proportion to the entire height of tree with branching configuration as recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and species specified. Where a clump is specified, a plant having a minimum of three stems onginating from a common base at the ground line shall be furnished. Measure trees by average caliper of trunk as follows: 1. For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter, measure caliper 6 inches above top of root ball. 2. For trunks more than 4 inches, measure caliper 12 inches above top of root ball. 3. Caliper measurements shall be by diameter tape measure. Indicated calipers on plans are minimum. Averaging of plant calibers will not be allowed. B. Trees shall conform to following requirements: 1. Healthy, vigorous stock, grown in a recognized nursery. 2. Free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae; and free of defects such as knots, sun -scald, injuries, abrasions, disfigurement, or borers and infestations. 2.13 WATER A. Water shall be potable from municipal water supplies. 2.14 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Notify Engineer, prior to installation, of location where trees that have been selected for planting may be inspected. Plant material will be inspected for compliance with following requirements. 1. Genus, species variety, size and quality. 2. Size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries and latent defects. 4/00 02931-10 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 2.16 WORK CONDITIONS A. Site Availability. Begin no landscape work where conflicting site work is incomplete or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. B. Weather Restrictions. Stop all work during inclement weather such as drought, high winds, excessive rain, extreme heat, cold, or freeze. Obtain authorization before resuming work. 2.17 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. Temporary Nursery. A temporary nursery may be used to store plants, but no more than 5 days before planting. Keep plants well watered and protected Immediately upon delivery, heel -in balled and burlapped (B&B) plants and spray all plants with an antitranspirant. Apply spray from top to bottom. Thoroughly cover plants, but not to the point of run-off. Spray block units and not individual plants. Use a low- pressure, fine -mist applicator. Spray at rates recommended in the manufacturer's directions. Handle all balled and burlapped plants by the ball only Upon delivery, immediately heel -in bare root plants. Open bundles, separate plants, set roots in trenches, and cover with topsoil. Water plants with an approved root stimulant containing vitamin B. Handle container plants by the container. Handle ground cover plants in flats. Pack flats tightly together and sprinkle plants everyday. Special plants so designated must be kept in an approved enclosure or planted the day of delivery. Store soils and additives on approved platforms. B. Digging and Handling: 1. The actual planting operation must proceed without delay and in a manner to avoid undue drying of the in -situ soil or roots because of exposure to air and sun. Keep an ample supply of sawdust available to cover the roots of B&B stock arriving from the storage nursery. Keep the roots well coveted and moist until the plants can be placed in the final location and pen nanently planted. 2. Handle all plant stock with care to prevent injuries to the trunk, branches and roots. 3. Dig bare root plants when fully don iant. Keep all of the root system intact, do not prune the root system. However, any roots that are broken, crushed, or bruised must be cleanly cut back to sound wood. Make the cut on an angle so that the exposed end faces downward. Seal any cut root exceeding 3/4 inch in diameter with an approved tree wound dressing. 4. Balled and burlapped plants must have the root system encased in a firm, solid ball of natural earth, wrapped in burlap and tightly bound. Each ball must be of sufficient size to encompass all the fibrous feeding roots and not smaller than required by American Standards for Nursery Stock. The ball must remain firm and compact throughout the planting operations. 4/00 02931-11 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SITE PREPARATION A. Schedule work so that planting can proceed rapidly as portions of site become available. Plant trees after final grades are established and prior to planting of lawns, unless otherwise approved by Engineer in writing. If planting of trees occurs after seeding work, protect lawn areas and promptly repair damage to lawns resulting from tree planting operations. B. Layout individual trees at locations shown on Drawings In case of conflicts, notify Engineer before proceeding with Work. Trees shall be staked and approved by Engineer prior to planting. C. Existing Trees: 1. Protection: Protect tops, trunks and roots of trees to remain on the site. Before starting work, box, fence or otherwise protect trees subject to construction damage. Remove boxing when directed. Permit no stockpiles of heavy equipment within the branch spread of trees. 2. Removal: Remove trees marked for removal. Do not remove any tree without proper authorization. Stumps within 36 inches of final grade must also be removed. 3. Pruning and Surgery Cut and trim trees only as directed; do not cut any tree without proper authorization. Trim existing trees of dead or diseased limbs. Cut limbs close to the trunk. Cover cuts over 3/4 inch in diameter with an approved tree would dressing. Grading Around Trees. As required, fill or grade within the branch spread of trees to remain, observing the following requirements. 1 For trenching beneath trees, tunnel under the tree roots with careful hand digging. Where possible, avoid cutting or injuring roots. 2. Do not raise or lower the grade around an existing tree in any way unless so directed. Placing Topsoil: Disk, drag, harrow, or handrake subgrade. Scarifythe subgrade to a depth of 1-1/2 inches. Before placing topsoil, rake the subsoil surface clear of stones, wood, rubbish and other debris. Place no topsoil until the subgrade preparation has been approved. Spread, rake, and compact topsoil to form a layer with a minimum depth of 4 inches in lawn areas and 6 inches in shrub areas. Place topsoil to confoim to finished gradients as shown on the grading plan Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 =' Waste Material Disposal. In Situ Soil Preparation: Cross -till in two directions all existing soil in designated areas to be planted, as follows: a. In lawn areas to a minimum depth of 6 inches. b. In shrub areas to a minimum depth of 10 inches. Evenly broadcast fertilizers and soil additives and thoroughly work into soil. a. Smooth all tilled and amended areas to establish a rough gradient. 4/00 02931-12 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING b. Deeply irrigate all tilled and amended areas to thoroughly wet soil particles and promote settlement. c. After a settlement period of not less than 5 days, and before proceeding with any planting, smooth and rake as necessary to establish finish gradient as required. In all areas which have been utilized for parking, storage or construction lots and/or where heavy equipment has been used, cross -rip the entire compacted areas in two directions to a depth of 10 inches before tilling and amending the soil as specified. A heavy float or drag harrow should be used to smooth all surface areas. a. Verify location of all underground utilities before ripping. b. Ripping teeth should not be set at more than 10-inch spacing Fertilizer. Evenly broadcast and work fertilizer into soil at the following rates: 1. Lawns: 1-1/2 N pounds per 1000 square feet. 2. Ground Cover Shrub, and Tree Areas: 1-1/2 N pounds per 1000 square feet. Additives: 1. Humus Evenly broadcast and work into in situ soil at a rate of 1 cubic yard per 200 square feet. 2. Sharp Sand Evenly broadcast and work into in situ soil at a rate of 1 cubic yard per 200 square feet. 3. Concrete Gravel. Utilize as a drainage course as shown on construction drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION OF PLANTING SOIL A. Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, plants; sod, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful or toxic to plant growth. B. Strip and utilize 4-inch layer of top soil, placed on esplanades under Section 02921 Hydromulch Seeding, for planting soil mixture. C. Mix recommended soil amendments with topsoil at following rates: 1. Top soil: 50 percent. 2. Peat moss: 25 percent. 3. Well rotted Bark: 25 percent. 4. Fertilizer: Rate recommended by nursery. D. Delay mixing of fertilizer if planting will not follow placing of planting soil within 48 hours, unless otherwise directed. E. Incorporate amendments into the soil as a part of the soil preparation process prior to fine grading, fertilizing, and planting. Broadcast or spread amendments evenly at the specified rate over the planting area. Thoroughly incorporate amendments into the top 3 or 4 inches of soil until amendments are pulverized and have become a homogeneous layer of topsoil ready for planting. 4/00 02931-13 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 3.03 PLANTING A. Excavate pits, beds, or trenches with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation raised a minimum of 6 inches at center for proper drainage. Provide following minimum widths: 1. 15-gallon containers or larger, 2 feet wider than diameter of root ball. 2. 1- and 5-gallon containers, 6 inches wider than diameter of root ball. B. When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as unsatisfactory soil, obstructions or adverse drainage conditions notify the Engineer of such conditions before planting. C. Dehver trees after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after deliver, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist by covering with mulch, burlap, or other acceptable means of retaining moisture, and water as needed. D. Set root ball on undisturbed soil in center of pit or trench and plumb plant. Place plants at such a level that, after settlement, a natural relationship of plant crown with ground surface will be established. E When set, place additional backfill around base and sides of ball, and work each layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. When excavation is approximately 2/3 full water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watenng until no more water is absorbed. F. Dish top of backfill to allow for mulching. Mulch pits, trenches and planted areas. Provide not less than 4-inch thickness of mulch, work into top of backfill, and finish level with adjacent finish grades Cover entire root ball. G. Prune, thin out and shape trees in accordance with standard horticultural practice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Unless otherwise directed in writing, do not cut tree leaders, and remove only injured and dead branches from flowenng trees. Remove and replace excessively pruned or misformed stock resulting from improper pruning. H. Inspect tree trunks for injury, improperpruning and insect infestation and take corrective measures. I. Guy and stake trees immediately after planting. Control dust caused by planting operations. Dampen surfaces as required. Comply with pollution control regulations of governing authorities. 4/00 02931-14 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 3.04 PLANTING GRASS A. Preparation. Prepare imported topsoil and/or in situ soil. Hand rake to remove all sticks stones and clods larger than 1 inch. Apply the final grade but do not mechanically compact the soil. B. Seed: 1. Evenly broadcast seed specified in 2.09 at the following rates: a. Bermuda: 1 pound per 1000 square feet b. Rye: 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet 2. Roll the entire seeded area in two directions with a dry/weighted roller. 3. Evenly top dress the entire seeded area with an approved sterilized commercial steer manure. Apply at 2 cubic feet per 100 square feet 4. Lightly but thoroughly sprinkle the entire seeded area with water after top dress application. C. Sod: 1. Use Bermuda, Buffalo, or St. Augustine sod in accordance with 2.11A. 2. Prepare soil in accordance with 3.03 3. Apply eptam (or approved equal) to all areas to be sodded. Follow manufacturer's recommended rates and apply during soil preparation period. 4. Lay sod in a running bond pattern. Pieces should be consistently cut with joints tightly butted together. Water the in -place sod liberally and roll it in two direction with a heavy roller. Areas not level due to fluctuations in the sod depth should be covered and leveled with a 50/50 mix of sharp sand and topsoil. Fertilize in 6 weeks as directed by landscape Architect. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Engineer may reject unsatisfactory or defective material at anytime during progress of Work. Contractor shall remove rejected trees immediately from site and replace with specified materials. Plant material not installed in accordance with these Specifications will be rejected. B. An inspection to determine final acceptance will be conducted by the Engineer at the end of the 12 month maintenance period. Additional inspections will be conducted for extended warranty periods provided for in paragraph 1.07B. 3.06 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE A. Contractor shall maintain trees during planting operations and for a period of 12 months after completion of planting. B. Water trees to full depth a minimum of once each week, or as required to maintain a healthy vigorous growth 4/00 02931-15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING • C. Prune, cultivate, and weed as required for healthy growth. Restore planting saucers. Tighten and repair stake and guy supports, and reset trees and shrubs to proper grades or vertical position as required. Restore or replace damaged wrappings. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. 3.07 PROTECTION • A. During planting work, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. B. Protect planting work and materials from damage due to planting operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance period. Treat, repair, or replace damaged planting work as directed by the Engineer. Dispose of excess soil and waste in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. On -site burning of combustible cleared materials will not be pen fitted. END OF SECTION 4/00 02931-16 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING SECTION 02980 PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Repairing and resurfacing streets, highways, driveways, sidewalks, and other pavements that have been cut, broken, or otherwise damaged during construction. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for pavement repair and resurfacing under this Section unless included as a bid item in Bid Schedule and approved in advance by the Engineer. Include payment in unit price for work in appropriate sections. B. Payment for pavement repair, when included in bid documents, is on a square yard basis. Limits for measurement will be as follows: 1. Extend 18 inches beyond outside trench or trench slopes for utilities and appurtenant structures excavation or for pavement removed to construct utility appurtenances, as indicated on Drawings. 2. Extend 5 feet beyond outside excavation limits for structural excavation. 3. If removed pavement is greater than one-half of pavement lane width, or within 18 inches of a longitudinal joint, on concrete pavement, replace pavement for full lane width or to nearest longitudinal joint as approved by the Engineer. 4. No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits, or in areas removed or replaced for Contractor's convenience. The maximum payment Iimit is the maximum trench width plus 36 inches, or as shown on the Drawings. The maximum trench width is defined in Section 02318- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. If the extent of pavement replacement is increased to full lane width or to the nearest longitudinal joint, the maximum payment limits are increased to the same extent. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for other unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. 4/00 02980-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Subgrade: Provide new backfill material as required by applicable portions of Sections 02316 through 02330. B. Provide material for stabilization as required by applicable portions of Section - 02335. C. Base. Provide new base material as required by applicable portions of Section. 02710. D. Pavement: Provide new paving materials as required by applicable portions of Section 02741- Asphaltic Concrete. Pavement and Section 02751 -. Concrete Pavement. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Conform to requirement of Section 02200 - Site Preparation, for removals. B. Saw cut pavement "18 inches wider than width of trench needed to install utilities unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. C. Protect edges of existing pavement to remain from damage dunng removals, utility placement, backfill, and paving operations. For concrete pavement, leave and protect minimum of 1.8 inches of undisturbed subgrade on each side of trench to support replacement slab. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Parking areas, service drives, driveways, and. sidewalks: Replace with material equal to or better than existing or as indicated on Drawings. Conform to applicable. requirements of sections referenced in Paragraph 2.01, Materials of this Section. B. Street pavements and curbs, curbs and gutters Replace subgrade, base, and surface course with like materials• or as indicated on Drawings. Curbs and curbs and,gutters shall match existing Conform to requirements of sections referenced in Paragraph 2.01, Materials of this Section. 4/00 02980-2 CITY OF PFARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING C. For concrete pavement, install size and length of reinforcing steel and pavement thickness indicated on Drawings. Place types and spacing of joints to match existing or as indicated on Drawings. D. Where existing pavement consists of concrete pavement with asphaltic surfacing, resurface with minimum 2-inch depth asphaltic pavement. E. Repair state highway crossings in accordance with highway department permit and within 1 week after utility work is installed. 3.03 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Dispose of waste material in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Maintain all pavement in good condition until completion of Work. B. Replace pavement damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 4/00 02980-3 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL GROUT SECTION 03600 STRUCTURAL GROUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES • A. Non -shrink grout used wherever grout is shown in the Documents, unless another type is specifically referenced. Two classes of non -shrink grout (Class I and II) and areas of application are specified. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Include the cost for grout in the lump sum for each structure in which it will be used. No separate payment will be made for grout. B. Measurement for extra grout (Class I and II) is on cubic foot basis. Payment includes associated work performed in accordance with related sections included in the Contract Documents. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Quality Control: 1. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's .literature certifying compliance with the specified properties for Class I and II grouts. 2. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations on the mixing, handling, placement and appropriate uses for each type of grout used in the work. C. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's written warranty as specified. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Tests: 1. Compression test specimens will be taken during construction from the first placement of each type of grout, and at intervals thereafter as selected by the Engineer to ensure continued compliance with these Specifications. The specimens will be made by the Engineer or its representative. 2. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for non -shrink grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C109 at intervals during construction as selected by the Engineer. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at 7 days, 28 days, and each additional time period as appropriate. 4/00 03600-1 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL GROUT 3. Grout already placed which fails to meet the requirements of these Specifications is subject to removal and replacement no additional cost to the Owner. 4. The cost of laboratory tests on grout will be borne by the Owner, but the Contractor shall assist the Engineer in obtaining specimens for testing. However,. the Contractor shall be charged for the cost of any additional tests and investigation on work performed which does not meet the Specifications. The Contractor shall supply materials necessary for fabricating the test specimens. B. Warranty: 1. Provide 1-year warranty for work provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturer's warranty shall not contain a disclaimer limiting responsibility to only the purchase price of products or materials furnished. 3. Manufacturer shall warrant participation with Contractor in replacing or repairing grout found to be defective due to faulty materials, as determined by industry standard test methods. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.02 APPLICATION The following is a listing of typical applications and the corresponding type of grout which is to be used. Unless indicated otherwise, grouts shall be provided as listed below whether or not called for on the Drawings. Application: Type of Grout Structural member base plates Storage tanks and other equipment Filling blockout spaces for embedded items such as railing posts, gate guide frames, etc. Under precast concrete elements Toppings and concrete fill less than 3 inches thick Toppings and concrete fill greater than 3 inches thick Any application not listed above, where grout is called for on the Drawings Non -shrink Class II Non -shrink Class I Non -shrink Class II (Class I where placement time exceeds 15 minutes) Non -shrink Class I Concrete Topping per Section 03310 • Concrete Fill per Section 03310 Non -shrink Class I, unless noted otherwise 4/00 03600-2 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL GROUT 2.03 PREPACKAGED GROUTS A. Basic Requirements for Cementitious Non -Shrink Grout 1 Provide prepackaged non -shrink grout that is inorganic, flowable, non -gas - liberating, non-metallic, and cement -based, requiring only the addition of water. 2. Deliver grout in original packaging with manufacturer's instructions printed on each container. 3. Select the specific formulation for each class of non -shrink grout specified to conform to that recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application. 4. Compressive strength at 28 days: 7000 psi minimum. 5. Do not use a grout for which the non -shrink property is based on a chemically generated gas or gypsum expansion. B. Class I Non -Shrink Grout: 1. Supply Class I Grout conforming to these specifications and to CRD-C621 and ASTM C1107 Grade C and B (as modified below) when tested using the amount of water needed to achieve the following properties: a. Fluid consistency (20 to 30 seconds) per CRD-C611 at initial testing b. Fluid consistency (45 seconds) per CRD-C611 at 30 minutes after mixing. c. At temperatures of 45, 73.4, and 95 degrees F. 2. To satisfy non -shrink requirements, the length change from placement to time of final set shall not have a shrinkage greater than the amount of expansion measured after final set at 3 and 14 days. The expansion at 3 and 14 days shall not exceed the 28-day expansion. 3. Fluid grout shall pass through the flow cone, with a continuous flow, 1 hour after mixing. 4. Demonstrate in tests thatgrout maintains contact with the baseplate to provide an minimum effective bearing area of 95 percent of the gross contact area after final set. 5. The grout packaging shall list weight, maximum amountof mixing water to be used, maximum usable working time (pot life) at flowable consistency and temperature restrictions for preparation and placement within which grout will meet specified requirements. C. Class II Non -Shrink Grout: 1. Supply Class it Grout confirming to ASTM C1107 and the following requirements when tested using the amount of water needed to achieve the following properties: a. Flowable consistency: 140 percent flow on ASTM C230, five drops in 30 seconds. b. Fluid working time: 15 minutes, minimum. c. Flowable duration: 30 minutes, minimum. 2. When tested, the grout shall not bleed at maximum allowed water. 4/00 03600-3 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL GROUT 2.04 CURING MATERIALS A. Curing materials: As specified in Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete and as recommended by the manufacturer of prepackaged grouts. 2.05 CONSISTENCY A. Mix grouts to the consistency necessary to completely fill the space to be grouted. Dry pack consistency is such that the grout is plastic and moldable but will not flow. Where ' dry pack" is called for in the Contract Documents, it shall mean a grout of that consistency; the type of grout to be used shall be as specified herein for the particular application. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.03 PREPARATION A. Verify that base concrete or masonry has attained design strength before grout is placed. B. When cementitious grouts are used on concrete surfaces, saturate the concrete surface with water for 24 hours prior to placement of cement -based grout. Upon completion of saturation period remove excess water prior to grouting. 3.04 GROUTING PROCEDURES A. Prepackaged Grouts: Perform mixing, surface preparation, handling placing, consolidation, curing, and other means of execution for prepackaged grouts according to the written instructions of the manufacturer Use prepackaged materials in the quantities and proportions as directed by the manufacturer unless there is certified test data verifying that the specified properties are attained by modified mix. 3.05 CONSOLIDATION • A. Place grout in such a manner, for the consistency necessary for each application, so as to assure that the space to be grouted is completely filled. END OF SECTION 4/00 03600-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION SECTION 03700 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Repair of cracks, holes and surface defects, and repair of deteriorated concrete surfaces. B. Installation of embedded items into existing concrete. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for repair materials is on a lump -sum basis for each structure as bid. Payment includes work performed on these structures in accordance with related sections included in the Contract Documents B. Measurement for extra removal of deteriorated concrete and placement of repair mortar is on a cubic -foot basis. Measurement for other repair materials is as defined in the appropriate related sections. Payment includes associated work perfoinied in accordance with related sections included in the Contract Documents. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals, submit manufacturer's product information, installation instructions and recommendations, and certification of compliance with required properties for all repair materials. 1.04 REPAIR SCOPE A. Patch and fill openings in existing concrete indicated to be patched or filled. B. Patch, fill holes in and otherwise repair damage to concrete and concrete surfaces resulting from removal of penetrating pipes and other embedded items, from installation of pipes or other items embedded in or passed through concrete, and from other construction activities. C. Crack Repair: Repair the full length of cracks in concrete members in new structures, and in existing structures as follows: 4/00 03700-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION D. Deteriorated Concrete: 1. Repair interior concrete surfaces showing signs of deterioration in the following existing structures: 2. The level of deterioration of the concrete varies within each of the listed structures. For bidding purposes, average depth of deteriorated concrete walls and undersides of top slabs is assumed to be one inch. Repair for the portion exceeding one inch in depth, as measured from the existing wall surface, will be paid as extra work as defined above. E Make other repairs to existing structures as follows: 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Tests of Cement -based Grouts: 1. Compression test specimens will be prepared during construction by the Engineer, or Engineer's authorized representative, from the first placement of each type of mortar or grout, and at intervals thereafter as determined by the Engineer, to ensure continued compliance with these specifications. 2. Specimen preparation and compression testing for repair mortar and non -shrink grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C109. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at 7 days, 28 days, and additional testing as appropriate. 3. Material failing to meet Contract requirements is subject to removal, and replacement with new material meeting requirements, at no additional cost to the Owner 4. Cost of laboratory tests on mortar and grout will be borne by the Owner, except Contractor shall pay for tests failed, and additional testing and investigation work performed because of work not meeting Contract requirements. 5. Contractor shall supply all matenals necessary for fabricating test specimens and assist the Engineer in obtaining specimens for testing. B. Repair concrete shall be tested as required in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. C. Epoxy grout shall be tested as required in Section 03600 - Structural Grout. D. Chemical Grout: 1. Installer: A waterproofing contractor with a minimum of 3 years experience in the installation of chemical grout systems as specified herein, and shall be certified or approved by the manufacturer. 2. Waterproofing contractor shall submit a list of 5 previous jobs successfully completed by that firm that successfully utilized the specified chemical grout system. :ft' !rl E Construction Tolerances: As specified in Section 03300. 4/00 03700-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 REPAIR MORTAR A. Repair Mortar: Prepackaged polymer -modified cement -based product specifically formulated for repair of surface defects in concrete, having the following properties: Physical Property Value ASTM Standard Compressive Strength (minimum)C109 1 day2000 psi 28 days 6000 psi Bond Strength (minimum) C882 (modified) 1 day1200 psi 7 days2000 psi B. Manufacturer and Product: Emaco by Master Builders, SR93 by Euclid Chemical Company, Sikacem by Sika Corporation, Five Star Structural Concrete by Five Star Products Inc. or equal. Where the manufacturer offers products in formulations intended for specific application conditions such as overhead and shotcrete application, use the foiuuulation recommended by the manufacturer for the condition required. C. Minimum Repair Thickness: 0.50 inch. 2.02 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Non -shrink Grout: Comply with requirements of Section 03600 - Structural Grout. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: Type II portland cement, unless indicated otherwise. Where repairs are made on wall surfaces exposed to view and above normal water surface elevation blend white Portland cement with Type II cement as needed to match the color of adjacent existing concrete surface. B. Repair Concrete: Class A (4000 psi) concrete with one -inch maximum coarse aggregate, complying with Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete; minimum repair thickness, 2 inches. C. Cement Grout: Comply with Section 03600 - Structural Grout, minimum repair thickness, one inch. Curing Materials, Bonding Agents and other Miscellaneous Materials: Comply with Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 4/00 03700-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION 2.04 AGGREGATE • A. Aggregate for Extending Repair Mortar and Non -shrink Grout Products: 3/8 inch clean, washed gravel or crushed stone complying with Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.05 CHEMICAL GROUT A. Chemical Grout: Hydrophobic urethane or polyurethane material of low viscosity suitable for pumped injection into cracks, which reacts with water to form a closed -cell foam material that completely fills and seals all cracks against leakage. Cured material shall remain elastic and maintain an expansive pressure through repeated wet -dry cycles. B. Manufacturer and Product: Scotch Seal 5600 by the Adhesives, Coatings and Sealers Division of 3M Products; Flex LV by De Neef America, Inc.; SikaFix by Sika Corporation; or equal. Use different formulations in the same family of materials, accelerators, and other materials necessary for installation where recommended by the manufacturer for specific application conditions. C. Reacted and cured chemical grout shall be resistant to organic solvents, mild acids, alkali and micro-organisms. Cured material shall be approved for use with potable water by the appropriate federal, state or local government agency. 2.06 EPDXY PRODUCTS A. Epoxy Grout: Comply with Section 03600 - Structural Grout, modified as specified herein. B. Epoxy for Crack Injection: ASTM C881, Type IV, low viscosity, moisture -insensitive material specifically formulated for that use; 2500 psi minimum bond strength when tested in accordance with ASTM C882 at 14 days, moist cured. 2.07 SEALANT A. Sealant: 2-part polyurethane complying with Section 03300... 2.08 FORMWORK A. Formwork, Where Needed: Comply with Section 03300. 2.09 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcement, Where Required: Comply with Section 03300. 4/00 03700-4 CITY OF P R,ARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION 2.10 RESILIENT WATERSTOP A. Resilient Waterstop: Comply with Section 03300. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND CURING A. Where repairs are made on wall surfaces exposed to view and above normal water surface elevation, installed repair material shall match adjacent concrete surface in color. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Clean entire area to be repaired of laitance, foreign material and loose or deteriorated concrete by chipping, hydroblasting or sandblasting; further roughen surfaces as specified herein. Where non -shrink grout or repair mortar is used, perform any additional surface preparation steps recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Where cementitious repair materials are used, maintain surfaces to be repaired in a saturated surface dry condition and prevent concrete from drying until repair operations are completed. Re -wet surfaces to be repaired by water spray on at least a daily basis. Remove standing water in areas to be repaired prior to placement of repair material. Provide means to remove excess water from the structure. 3. Where repair material manufacturer recommends use of an epoxy bonding agent, follow recommendations of both the repair material and epoxy bonding agent manufacturers. C. Fully consolidate repair material, completely filling all portions of areas to be filled. D. Bring repair surfaces into alignment with adjacent existing surfaces to provide uniform, even surfaces. Unless indicated otherwise, repair surfaces shall match adjacent existing surfaces in texture and receive coatings or surface treatments provided for adjacent existing surfaces. E Curing: 1. Cure repair mortar and non -shrink grout according to manufacturer's recommendations, except that minimum cure period shall be 3 days. 2. Cure other materials in accordance with Section 03370 - Concrete Curing 3. If manufacturer recommends use of a curing compound, use no material that would interfere with the bond of any coating or adhesive required to be applied to the surface. 4/00 03700-5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION 3.02 TREATMENT OF SURFACE DEFECTS A. Definition - Surface Defects: Depressions in concrete surfaces not extending all the way through a member, caused by physical damage, unrepaired rock pockets created during original placement, spalling due to corroded reinforcing steel or other embeds, or removal of embedded items or intersecting concrete members. B. Preparation: 1. Remove loose, damaged concrete by chipping to sound material. 2. Where existing reinforcing bars are exposed, remove concrete at least one inch deep all around the exposed bars. If the existing bars are cut through, cracked, or cross -sectional area is reduced by more than 25 percent, notify the Engineer immediately. C. Repair Material: 1. Use only repair mortar to repair surface defects in members normally in contact with water or soil, and defects in interior surfaces of structures which are intended to contain water. 2. Repair of other surface defects may be by application of repair mortar, repair concrete or cement grout, as appropriate. 3.03 PATCHING OF HOLES IN CONCRETE A. General: 1. Definition - Holes: For the purposes of this section, holes are defined as penetrations completely through a concrete member, with interior surfaces approximately perpendicular to the surface of the existing member. Chip interior surface areas which are inclined and do not meet this criterion as necessary to meet this requirement 2. Perimeter of holes at the surface shall form a regular shape composed of curved or straight line segments. Provide at least the minimum placement depth specified for the material used at all locations. Score existing concrete by sawcutting and chip as needed to meet this requirement. 3. Roughen the interior surface of holes less than 12 inches in diameter to at least 0.125 inch amplitude. Roughen larger holes to at least 0.25 inch amplitude. 4. At holes not filled with repair mortar or non -shrink grout, and where otherwise recommended by the repair material manufacturer, coat existing surfaces to be repaired with epoxy bonding agent 5. Where a surface of a member is exposed to view and the repair material cannot be adjusted to match the color of the existing concrete, hold back the repair material 2 inches from the surface. Fill the remaining 2 inches with color - adjusted cement grout. Roughen the surface of the repair material when placed to improve bond with the cement grout. B. Patching Small Holes: 1. Fill holes less than 12 inches in least dimension and extending completely 4/00 03700-6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION through concrete members with repair mortar or non -shrink grout. 2. Fill holes in members normally in contact with water or soil with Class I non - shrink grout in accordance with Section 03600 - Structural Grout. C. Patching Large Holes: 1. Fill holes larger than 12 inches in least dimension with repair concrete, repair mortar or non -shrink grout. 2. Provide large holes normally in contact with water or soil and not filled with Class I non -shrink grout with resilient waterstop placed in a groove approximately 0.25 inch deep ground into the interior edge of the hole at the center of the wall providing a smooth surface in which to place the resilient waterstop. Alternatively, bond bentonite waterstop to the surface using an epoxy grout which completely fills all voids and irregularities beneath the waterstop material. Install waterstop in accordance with Section 03320 - Joints in Concrete Structures. 3. Provide reinforcing steel in layers matching existing reinforcement locations, except provide concrete cover required by the Contract Documents for the applicable service condition. 4. For holes smaller than 48 inches, reinforcement shall be at least #5 bars on 12 inch centers in each layer required. At all holes larger than 30 inches, drill and grout the reinforcement into the existing concrete. 5. For holes larger than 48 inches, see the drawings for reinforcement details. 3.04 PATCHING OF LINED HOLES A. These provisions apply to openings which have embedded material over all or a portion of the inside edge. Requirements for repairing holes in concrete specified above shall apply as modified herein. The Engineer will determine when the embedded material is allowed to remain. B. Where embedded material is allowed to remain, trim it back a minimum of 2 inches from the concrete surface. Roughen or abrade the embedded matenal to promote good bonding to the repair material. Completely remove any substance that interferes with good bonding. C. Completely remove embedded items not securely and permanently anchored in the concrete. D. Completely remove embedded items larger than 12 inches in least dimension unless composed of a metal to which reinforcing steel can be welded. Where reinforcement is required, weld it to the embedded metal. E The following additional requirements apply to concrete in contact with water or soil. 1. Fill lined openings less than 4 inches in least dimension with epoxy grout. 2. Coat lined openings greater than 4 inches but less than 12 inches in least dimension with an epoxy;bonding agent prior to filling with Class I non -shrink 4/00 03700-7 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION grout. 3. Coat lined openings greater than 12 inches in least dimension with an epoxy bonding agent and bond bentonite waterstop to the interior of the opening prior to filling with approved repair material. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF PIPES AND FRAMES A. The following applies to installation of pennanent pipes and frames in openings cut into existing concrete members. B. Cut opening to a size which is a minimum of one inch and a maximum of 3 inches larger than the outside edge of the embedded item. At openings with sharp corners, take care not to sawcut beyond the opening so as to damage existing reinforcing bars. At openings which are greater than 24 inches in least dimension, chip a keyway into the center of the wall. Keyway shall be at least 1.5 inches in depth and from 3 inches to 1/3 the member thickness in width. All surfaces except at the keyway shall be perpendicular to the member surface as specified herein for patching holes. C. Provide embedded items with a flange or other positive means of anchorage to repaired members. At members in contact with soil or water, provide continuous waterstop flanges around embeds Where concrete pipe will be embedded, provide resilient waterstop around pipe at wall centerline.. D. Roughen the interior surface of openings to at least 1/4 inch amplitude. Sandblast the embed surface to be in contact with concrete clean to promote good bonding to the repair material. E Fill the space between the frame and the existing concrete with Class I non -shrink grout. F. Where surface of a member is exposed to view and the repair material cannot be adjusted to match the color of the existing material, hold back the repair material 2 inches from the surface. Fill the remaining 2 inches with color -adjusted cement grout. 3.06 NON -FIXED INSTALLATION OF PIPES A. The following applies to installation through existing concrete of piping to be sealed with adjustable linked seals, resilient connectors, or packing and sealant When more appropriate, the Engineer may require installation of a sleeve instead of the core- dnlled hole specified herein. B. Size core -drilled opening to permit installation of the required seal; locate to minimize cutting of existing reinforcing steel. C. Where linked or resilient seals are to be installed, coat the interior surface of the opening with epoxy at least 1/8 inch thick for a smooth and even surface promoting a good seal. 4/00 03700-8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION D. Where packing and sealant are required, seal exposed reinforcing bars with at least an 1/8-inch thick layer of epoxy extending 1/2 inch beyond the bars on all sides. Prepare the surface of the cut concrete and the pipe as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 3.07 GENERAL CRACK REPAIR A. Repair cracks identified by the Engineer as caused by shrinkage or thermal movement by injection with chemical grout as specified herein. B. Repair cracks not caused by shrinkage or thermal movement by epoxy injection or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. 3.08 CHEMICAL GROUT CRACK REPAIR A. Inject chemical grout into all cracks as directed by the Engineer in those structures included in the scope of work listed herein in accordance with the chemical grout manufacturer s installation instructions and recommendations. B. Location of Injection Ports• Locate injection ports as recommended by the chemical grout manufacturer and as needed to insure complete penetration of the joint or crack with the grout. Spacing of injection ports shall not exceed 2 feet. C. Drilling Ports: Drill holes for injection ports to the depth needed for proper distribution of the chemical grout. Take care to not damage any reinforcing steel. D. Port preparation: Clean holes for injection ports of all debris and fit with an injection fitting as provided by the manufacturer of the chemical grout, or equal. Install injection fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; allow fittings to remain in place until chemical grout injection work is complete in that area. Install caps or valves at injection ports to prevent back flow of uncured chemical grout after it has been injected. E Chemical Grout Injection: 1. Follow instructions and recommendations of the chemical grout manufacturer and its representatives for chemical grout mixing and injection procedures. 2. Seal cracks at the surface where needed to assure complete penetration of injected chemical grout and prevent loss of material. 3. Prior to chemical grout injection, inject water into ports to provide water for the reaction process, flush out foreign matter and verify continuity between adjacent ports. Inject water into each port until it begins to flow from an adjacent or nearby port. 4. If the water injection procedure indicates the potential presence of voids within members or behind members resting against soil, notify the Engineer immediately. 5. Beginning at the lowest injection port inject chemical grout until the grout begins to flow from an adjacent or nearby port Repeat the process until the crack is completely filled. In general, port -to -port travel .of the injection process will be 4/00 03700-9 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION from low to high in a continuous operation. 6. If port -to -port continuity does not occur at locations where continuity was verified through water injection, mark location and notify the Engineer. 7 Avoid sudden application of high pressure during the injection process. 8. After completion of the grouting operation, remove all ports and surface sealing materials leaving an undamaged surface. 3.09 EPDXY CRACK REPAIR A. Inject epoxy into all cracks in damaged concrete as indicated by the Engineer in structures included in the scope of work listed herein. Follow installation instructions and recommendations of the epoxy manufacturer. B. Inject cracks with sufficient pressure to ensure full penetration of epoxy but without causing further damage. C. Location, drilling and preparation of ports for injection: As specified for chemical grout herein. Epoxy Injection: 1 Follow instructions of the epoxy manufacturer and its representatives for all mixing and injection procedures. 2. Seal all cracks at the surface where needed to provide for complete penetration of the injected epoxy and to prevent loss of material. 3. Beginning at the lowest injection port, inject the epoxy until it begins to flow from an adjacent or nearby port. Repeat the process until the crack is completely filled. 4. If port -to -port continuity does not occur, mark the location and notify the Engineer. 5. Avoid sudden application of high pressure during the injection process. 6. After completion of injection operations, remove all ports and surface sealing materials to leave an undamaged surface. 3.10 REPAIR OF DETERIORATED CONCRETE A. These provisions pertain to concrete damaged by abrasion, chemical attack or corrosion of reinforcing steel. The only material acceptable for surface repair is repair mortar as specified herein. Where the repaired surface is to be subsequently covered with a PVC liner or other protective material, coordinate finishing details with the liner material manufacturer. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Remove loose, broken softened and acid -contaminated concrete to sound, uncontaminated concrete. 2. Notify the Engineer when removal of deteriorated concrete is complete. Schedule two weeks for the Engineer to inspect the surface, perfotnn testing for acid 4/00 03700-10 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION contamination, determine if additional concrete must be removed, and to develop any special repair details that may be needed. Should it be determined that additional concrete must be removed to reach sound, uncontaminated material, schedule another two week period for further evaluation after completion of the additional removal. 3. Follow repair mortar manufacturer's instructions for additional surface preparation. C. Repair Mortar Placement: 1. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for mixing and placement of repair mortar. After the initial mixing of the repair mortar, do not add additional water to change the consistency should the mix begin to stiffen. 2. Place repair mortar to the minimum thickness recommended by manufacturer but not less than %2 inch. Should there be areas where less than the minimum repair mortar depth of concrete is removed, Contractor may remove additional concrete to attain the minimum repair mortar thickness or may place repair mortar so as to increase the original thickness of the member. In any case, add repair mortar so that minimum cover over existing reinforcing steel is 2 inches. Do not place repair mortar so as to create locally raised areas. Where there is a transition with wall surfaces which are not in need of repair, do not feather the repair mortar at the transition. Sawcut a score line to not less than the minimum repair mortar depth and chip concrete out to it to form the transition. Take care not to cut or otherwise damage remforcing,steel. 3. Finish repair mortar in an even, undo/tin plane to restore the member to its original surface. Out -of -plane tolerance: No localized depressions or projections* 0.25 inch maximum gap between repair mortar surface and a 10-foot straight edge in any orientation at any location. D. Finishing: 1. Apply a smooth magnesium float finish to repair mortar. 2. When completed: No sharp edges. Exterior corners, such as at penetrations: One - inch radius. Interior corners: Square, except 2-inch repair mortar fillet at corners to receive PVC lining. END OF SECTION 4/00 03700-11